WO2004106536A2 - Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with serine protease 8 (prss8) - Google Patents

Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with serine protease 8 (prss8) Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004106536A2
WO2004106536A2 PCT/EP2004/005256 EP2004005256W WO2004106536A2 WO 2004106536 A2 WO2004106536 A2 WO 2004106536A2 EP 2004005256 W EP2004005256 W EP 2004005256W WO 2004106536 A2 WO2004106536 A2 WO 2004106536A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
diseases
prss8
disorders
polypeptide
expression
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2004/005256
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004106536A3 (en
Inventor
Stefan Golz
Ulf Brüggemeier
Andreas Geerts
Original Assignee
Bayer Healthcare Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bayer Healthcare Ag filed Critical Bayer Healthcare Ag
Publication of WO2004106536A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004106536A2/en
Publication of WO2004106536A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004106536A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/34Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase
    • C12Q1/37Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase involving peptidase or proteinase
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2500/00Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value

Definitions

  • the present invention is in the field of molecular biology, more particularly, the present invention relates to nucleic acid sequences and amino acid sequences of a human PRSS8 and its regulation for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in mammals.
  • Proteases play a role in carefully controlled processes, such as blood coagulation, fibrinolysis, complement activation, fertilization, and hormone production. These enzymes are also used in a variety of diagnostic, therapeutic, and industrial contexts.
  • PRSS8 is a member of the group of protease enzymes [Yu et al. (1995), Yu et al. (1994), Donaldson et al. (2002), US 6,232,456, WO 200221133, WO 200271928].
  • proteases were recognized very early in the history of biochemistry. In the nineteenth century, one primary focus of research was on digestive proteases, like pepsin and trypsin. Proteases belong systematically to the C-N Hydrolases. More specifically, proteases catalyze the hyprolytic cleavage of a peptide bond and are therefore called peptidases as well.
  • Proteases can be classified according to several criteria, e.g. by localisation. Digestive proteases are located in the gastro-intestinal tract. These proteases are responsible for the digestion of food proteins. Peptidases located extracellularly in the blood or other extracellular compartments of the body play often regulatory roles in processes like for example blood clotting, fibrinolysis, or activation of complement constituents.
  • Proteases are most commonly classified according to their mechanism of action, or to specific active groups that are present in the active center. The following groups can be distinguished:
  • Serin-peptidases 2. cystein-peptidases, 3. aspartyl- or acidic-peptidases, 4. metallo-peptidases, or 5. peptidases with yet unclear reaction mechanism.
  • a catalytic triad comprised of an aspartate, a histidine and the above mentioned serine is found. This triad functions in the reaction mechanism as a charge relay system.
  • t he digestive enzymes trypsin and chymotrypsin, components of the complement cascade, enzymes involved in the blood clotting cascade, as well as enzymes that function in degradation, rebuilding and maintenace of constituents ofthe extracellular matrix.
  • One feature of the serine protease family is the broad range of substrate specificity.
  • trypase subgroup cleave after arginine or lysine, chymases after phenylalanine or leucine, aspases after aspartate, metases after methionine and serases after serine.
  • thioester intermediate is formed by a nucleophilic attack of the cysteine on the caboxy carbon of the peptide bond.
  • a catalytic triad comprised of the cysteine, a histidine and an asparagine is found which functions as a charge relay system to facilitate the formation ofthe thioester intermediate.
  • cysteine proteases include lysosomal cathepsines, and cytosolic calpains.
  • the catalytic site of aspartyl proteases is composed of two aspartate residues.
  • Aspartyl proteases (2-3) one ofthe aspartyl carboxy groups is ionized and the other is neutral, which is important for the catalytic reaction to occur.
  • aspartyl proteases are gastric pepsins A and C, chymosin, as well as mammalian renin.
  • Metallo-peptidases are proteases, whose proteolytic activity depends on the presence of divalent cations in the active center. Examples of members of this class are carboxypeptidase A, which represents a pancreatic digestive enzyme, the Angiotension Converting Enzymes (ACE), which are responsible for the conversion of angiotensin I to angiotensin ⁇ , or the Extracellular Matrix Metalloprotienases.
  • ACE Angiotension Converting Enzymes
  • a huge number of proteases play a central role in several important cellular and intracellular processes. Furthermore, the value as pharmaceutical targets has been proven for several proteases.
  • the protease encoded by the HIN genome is used as a target for drugs for the treatment of HIV infections
  • the proteasom complex h as b een d iscovered a s a n a nti-cancer t arget, o r C ys-proteases have been implemented as drug targets for inflammatory disorders.
  • Selective inhibitors have been developed as therapeutic agents for diseases such as HIN.
  • the identification of further disease implications of protease species and their splice variants may lead to the development of specific inhibitors or modulators, or suggest new utilities for known compounds affecting proteases. That in turn will provide additional pharmacological approaches to treat diseases and conditions in which protease activities are involved.
  • This diseases may include, but are not limited to, infections such as bacterial, fungal, protozoan, and viral infections, particularly those caused by HTV viruses, cancers, allergies including asthma, cardiovascular diseases including acute heart failure, hypotension, hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hematological diseases, genito-urinary diseases including urinary incontinence and benign prostate hyperplasia, osteoporosis, and peripheral and central nervous system disorders including pain, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease.
  • infections such as bacterial, fungal, protozoan, and viral infections, particularly those caused by HTV viruses, cancers, allergies including asthma, cardiovascular diseases including acute heart failure, hypotension, hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hematological diseases, genito-urinary diseases including urinary incontinence and benign prostate hyperplasia, osteoporosis, and peripheral and central nervous system disorders including pain, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease.
  • TaqMan is a recently developed technique, in which the release of a fluorescent reporter dye from a hybridisation probe in real-time during a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is proportional to the accumulation of the PCR product.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Quantification is based on the early, linear part of the reaction, and by determining the threshold cycle (CT), at which fluorescence above background is first detected.
  • CT threshold cycle
  • Gene expression technologies may be useful in several areas of drug discovery and development, such as target identification, lead optimization, and identification of mechanisms of action.
  • the TaqMan technology can be used to compare differences between expression profiles of normal tissue and diseased tissue.
  • Expression profiling has b een used in identifying genes, which are up- or downregulated in a variety of diseases.
  • An interesting application of expression profiling is temporal monitoring of changes in gene expression during disease progression and drug treatment or in patients versus healthy individuals.
  • the premise in this approach is that changes in pattern of gene expression in response to physiological or environmental stimuli (e.g., drugs) may serve as indirect clues about disease-causing genes or drug targets.
  • physiological or environmental stimuli e.g., drugs
  • the effects of drugs with established efficacy on global gene expression patterns may provide a guidepost, or a genetic signature, against which a new drug candidate can be compared.
  • nucleotide sequence of PRSS8 is accessible in public databases by the accession number NM_002773 and is given in SEQ ID NO:l.
  • PRSS8 is depicted in SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Human seminal fluid contains a variety of proteolytic enzymes, including prostate- specific antigen and acrosin. These enzymes are involved in the postejaculatory hydrolysis of proteins and in semen coagulation and liquefaction. Yu et al. (1995) obtained partial amino acid sequence of a 40-kD protein isolated from seminal fluid originally by Yu et al. (1994). Yu et al. (1995) cloned the full lenght gene and the designatedprotein as serine protease-8 (PRSS8), was called prostasin by the authors.
  • proteolytic enzymes including prostate- specific antigen and acrosin.
  • proprostasin is cleaved between residues 12 and 13 to produce a 12- amino acid light chain and a 299-amino acid heavy chain which are associated through a disulfide bond.
  • Expression levels of the prostasin mRNA were assayed by Southern blots of RT-PCR products. Expression was noted in a wide variety of tissues. In the prostate gland, expression was localized to the epithelial cells [Yu et al. (1995)] . Donaldson et al. (2002) found evidence for the regulation of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) by prostasin.
  • PRSS8 is published in US 6232456, WO200221133 and WO 200271928. PRSS8 shows the highest homology (46%) to the human serine protease EOS as shown in example 1.
  • the invention relates to novel disease associations of PRSS8 polypeptides and polynucleotides.
  • the invention also relates to novel methods of screening for therapeutic agents for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS8 polypeptide, a PRSS8 polynucleotide, or regulators of PRSS8 or modulators of PRSS8 activity.
  • the invention further comprises methods of diagnosing cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal.
  • Fig. 1 shows the nucleotide sequence of a PRSS8 polynucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 1).
  • Fig. 2 shows the amino acid sequence of a PRSS8 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • Fig. 3 shows the nucleotide sequence of a primer useful for the invention (SEQ ID NO:
  • Fig. 4 shows the nucleotide sequence of a primer useful for the invention (SEQ ID NO:4).
  • Fig. 5 shows a nucleotide sequence useful as a probe to detect proteins of the invention (SEQ ID NO:5).
  • oligonucleotide is a stretch of nucleotide residues which has a sufficient number of bases to be used as an oligomer, amplimer or probe in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides are prepared from genomic or cDNA sequence and are used to amplify, reveal, or confirm the presence of a similar DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue. Oligonucleotides or oligomers comprise portions of a DNA sequence having at least about 10 nucleotides and as many as about 35 nucleotides, preferably about 25 nucleotides.
  • Probes may be derived from naturally occurring or recombinant single- or double- stranded nucleic acids or may be chemically synthesized. They are useful in detecting the presence of identical or similar sequences. Such probes may be labeled with reporter molecules using nick translation, Klenow fill-in reaction, PCR or other methods well known in the art. Nucleic acid probes may be used in southern, northern or in situ hybridizations to determine whether DNA or RNA encoding a certain protein is present in a cell type, tissue, or organ.
  • a “fragment of a polynucleotide” is a nucleic acid that comprises all or any part of a given nucleotide molecule, the fragment having fewer nucleotides than about 6 kb, preferably fewer than about 1 kb.
  • Reporter molecules are radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents which associate with a particular nucleotide or amino acid sequence, thereby establishing the presence of a certain sequence, or allowing for the quantification of a certain sequence.
  • Chimeric molecules may be constructed by introducing all or part ofthe nucleotide sequence of this invention into a vector containing additional nucleic acid sequence which might be expected to change any one or several of the following PRSS8 characteristics: cellular location, distribution, ligand-binding affinities, interchain affinities, degradation/turnover rate, signaling, etc.
  • “Active”, with respect to a PRSS8 polypeptide refers to those forms, fragments, or domains of a PRSS8 polypeptide which retain the biological and/or antigenic activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide.
  • Naturally occurring PRSS8 polypeptide refers to a polypeptide produced by cells which have not been genetically engineered and specifically contemplates various polypeptides arising from post-translational modifications of the polypeptide including but not limited to acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phos- phorylation, lipidation and acylation.
  • Derivative refers to polypeptides which have been chemically modified by techniques such as ubiquitination, labeling (see above), pegylation (derivatization with polyethylene glycol), and chemical insertion or substitution of amino acids such as ornithine which do not normally occur in human proteins.
  • Constant amino acid substitutions result from replacing one amino acid with another having similar structural and/or chemical properties, such as the replacement of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, or a threonine with a serine.
  • “Insertions” or “deletions” are typically in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. The variation allowed may be experimentally determined by producing the peptide synthetically while systematically making insertions, deletions, or substitutions of nucleotides in the sequence using recombinant DNA techniques.
  • a “signal sequence” or “leader sequence” can be used, when desired, to direct the polypeptide through a membrane of a cell.
  • Such a sequence may be naturally present on the polypeptides of the present invention or provided from heterologous sources by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • oligopeptide i s a short stretch of amino acid residues and may be expressed from an oligonucleotide. Oligopeptides comprise a stretch of amino acid residues of at least 3, 5, 10 amino acids and at most 10, 15, 25 amino acids, typically of at least 9 to 13 amino acids, and of sufficient length to display biological and/or antigenic activity.
  • “Inhibitor” is any substance which retards or prevents a chemical or physiological reaction or response. Common inhibitors include but are not limited to antisense molecules, antibodies, and antagonists.
  • Standard expression is a quantitative or qualitative measurement for comparison.
  • Animal as used herein may be defined to include human, domestic (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), agricultural (e.g., cows, horses, sheep, etc.) or test species (e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, etc.).
  • domestic e.g., cats, dogs, etc.
  • agricultural e.g., cows, horses, sheep, etc.
  • test species e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, etc.
  • PRSS8 polynucleotide within the meaning ofthe invention, shall be understood as being a nucleic acid molecule selected from a group consisting of
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2,
  • nucleic acid molecules comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1,
  • nucleic acid molecules the complementary strand of which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of (i), (ii), or (iii);
  • nucleic acid molecules the sequence of which differs from the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of (iii) due to the degeneracy ofthe genetic code;
  • PRSS8 polypeptide within the meaning ofthe invention, shall be understood as being a polypeptide selected from a group consisting of
  • polypeptides comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, ,
  • polypeptides which show at least 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, or 80% homology with a polypeptide of (i), (ii), or (iii);
  • polypeptide has PRSS8 activity.
  • nucleotide sequences encoding a PRSS8 have numerous applications in techniques known to those skilled in the art of molecular biology. These techniques include use as hybridization probes, use in the construction of oligomers for PCR, use for chromosome and gene mapping, use in the recombinant production of PRSS8, and use in generation of antisense DNA or RNA, their chemical analogs and the like. Uses of nucleotides encoding a PRSS8 disclosed herein are exemplary of known techniques and are not intended to limit their use in any technique known to a person of ordinary skill in the art.
  • nucleotide sequences disclosed herein may be used in molecular biology techniques that have not yet been developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, e.g., the triplet genetic code, specific base pair interactions, etc.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode a PRSS8, its derivatives or its variants are preferably capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturally occurring PRSS8 polynucleotide under stringent conditions, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 polypeptides or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage. Codons can be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic expression host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • Nucleotide sequences encoding a PRSS8 polypeptide may be joined to a variety of other nucleotide sequences by means of well established recombinant DNA techniques.
  • Useful nucleotide sequences for joining to PRSS8 polynucleotides include an assortment of cloning vectors such as plasmids, cosmids, lambda phage derivatives, phagemids, and the like.
  • Vectors of interest include expression vectors, replication vectors, probe generation vectors, sequencing vectors, etc. In general, vectors of interest may contain an origin of replication functional in at least one organism, convenient restriction endonuclease sensitive sites, and selectable markers for one or more host cell systems.
  • Another aspect of the subject invention is to provide for PRSS8-specific hybridization probes capable of hybridizing with naturally occurring nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8. Such probes may also be used for the detection of similar protease encoding sequences and should preferably show at least 40% nucleotide identity to PRSS8 polynucleotides.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention may be derived from the nucleotide sequence presented as SEQ LD NO: 1 or from genomic sequences including promoter, enhancers or introns ofthe native gene. Hybridization probes may be labelled by a variety of reporter molecules using techniques well known in the art.
  • PRSS8 poly- nucleotides will be effective hybridization probes for PRSS8 polynucleotides.
  • the invention relates to nucleic acid sequences that hybridize with such PRSS8 encoding nucleic acid sequences under stringent conditions.
  • Stringent conditions refers to conditions that allow for the hybridization of substantially related nucleic acid sequences. For instance, such conditions will generally allow hybridization of sequence with at least about 85% sequence identity, preferably with at least about 90% sequence identity, more preferably with at least about 95% sequence identity. Hybridization conditions and probes can be adjusted in well-characterized ways to achieve selective hybridization of human-derived probes. Stringent conditions, within the meaning of the invention are 65 °C in a buffer containing 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO 4 (pH 7.2), 7 % (w/v) SDS.
  • Nucleic acid molecules that will hybridize to PRSS8 polynucleotides under stringent conditions can be identified functionally.
  • examples of the uses for hybridization probes include: histochemical uses such as identifying tissues that express PRSS8; measuring mRNA levels, for instance to identify a sample's tissue type or to identify cells that express abnormal levels of PRSS8; and detecting polymorphisms of PRSS8.
  • PCR provides additional uses for oligonucleotides based upon the nucleotide sequence which encodes PRSS8.
  • probes used in PCR may be of recombinant origin, chemically synthesized, or a mixture of both.
  • Oligomers may comprise discrete nucleotide sequences employed under optimized conditions for identification of PRSS8 in specific tissues or diagnostic use. The same two oligomers, a nested set of oligomers, or even a degenerate pool of oligomers may be employed under less stringent conditions for identification of closely related DNAs or RNAs.
  • PCR primers i.e., preparations of primers that are heterogeneous at given sequence locations, can be designed to amplify nucleic acid sequences that are highly homologous to, but not identical with PRSS8.
  • nucleic acid primers can be ligated to the nucleic acid sought to be amplified to provide the hybridization partner for one of the primers. In this way, only one of the primers need be based on the sequence of the nucleic acid sought to be amplified.
  • PCR methods for amplifying nucleic acid will utilize at least two primers.
  • One of these primers will be capable of hybridizing to a first strand of the nucleic acid to be amplified and of priming enzyme-driven nucleic acid synthesis in a first direction.
  • the other will be capable of hybridizing the reciprocal sequence ofthe first strand (if the sequence to be amplified is single stranded, this sequence will initially be hypothetical, but will be synthesized in the first amplification cycle) and of priming nucleic acid synthesis from that strand in the direction opposite the first direction and towards the site of hybridization for the first primer.
  • Conditions for conducting such amplifications particularly under preferred stringent hybridization conditions, are well known.
  • PRSS8 Other means of producing specific hybridization probes for PRSS8 include the cloning of nucleic acid sequences encoding PRSS8 or PRSS8 derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes.
  • vectors are known in the art, are commercially available and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerase as T7 or SP6 RNA polymerase and the appropriate reporter molecules.
  • nucleic acid sequence can be inserted into any of the many available DNA vectors and their respective host cells using techniques which are well known in the art.
  • synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into the nucleotide sequence. Alternately, a portion of sequence in which a mutation is desired can be synthesized and recombined with longer portion of an existing genomic or recombinant sequence.
  • PRSS8 polynucleotides may be used to produce a purified oligo-or polypeptide using well known methods of recombinant DNA technology.
  • the oligopeptide may be expressed in a variety of host cells, either prokaryotic or eukaryotic. Host cells may be from the same species from which the nucleotide sequence was derived or from a different species. Advantages of producing an oligonucleotide by recombinant DNA technology include obtaining adequate amounts ofthe protein for purification and the availability of simplified purification procedures.
  • Chromosome-based techniques such as comparative genomic hybridization (CGH) and fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) facilitate efforts to cytogenetically localize genomic regions that are altered in tumor cells. Regions of genomic alteration can be narrowed further using loss of heterozygosity analysis (LOH), in which disease DNA is analyzed and compared with normal DNA for the loss of a heterozygous polymorphic marker.
  • LOH heterozygosity analysis
  • the first experiments used restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs) [Johnson, (1989)], or hyper- variable minisatellite DNA [Barnes, 2000].
  • RFLPs restriction fragment length polymorphisms
  • RFLPs restriction fragment length polymorphisms
  • Barnes, 2000 hyper- variable minisatellite DNA
  • LOH has been performed primarily using PCR amplification of microsatellite markers and electrophoresis of the radio labelled [Jeffreys, (1985)] or fluorescently labelled PCR products [Weber,
  • a gene sequence contained in all samples at relatively constant quantity is typically utilized for sample amplification efficiency normalization.
  • This approach suffers from several drawbacks.
  • the method requires that e ach s ample h as equal input amounts of the nucleic acid and that the amplification efficiency between samples is identical until the time of analysis.
  • Fluorogenic nuclease assays are a real time quantitation method that uses a probe to monitor formation of amplification product.
  • the basis for this method of monitoring the formation of amplification product is to measure continuously PCR product accumulation u sing a dual-labelled fluorogenic oligonucleotide probe, an approach frequently referred to in the literature simply as the "TaqMan method” [Piatak,(1993), Science; Heid, (1996); Gibson, (1996); Holland. (1991)].
  • the probe used in such assays is typically a short (about 20-25 bases) oligonucleotide that is labeled with two different fluorescent dyes.
  • the 5' terminus of the probe is attached to a reporter dye and the 3' terminus is attached to a quenching dye, although the dyes could be attached at other locations on the probe as well.
  • the probe is designed to have at least substantial sequence complementarity with the probe binding site. Upstream and downstream PCR primers which bind to flanking regions of the locus are added to the reaction mixture. When the probe is intact, energy transfer between the two fluorophors occurs and the quencher quenches emission from the reporter.
  • the probe is cleaved by the 5' nuclease activity of a nucleic acid polymerase such as Taq polymerase, thereby releasing the reporter from the oligonucleotide-quencher and resulting in an increase of reporter emission intensity which can be measured by an appropriate detector.
  • a nucleic acid polymerase such as Taq polymerase
  • One detector which is specifically adapted for measuring fluorescence emissions such as those created during a fluorogenic assay is the ABI 7700 or 4700 HT manufactured by Applied Biosystems, Inc. in Foster City, Calif.
  • the ABI 7700 uses fiber o ptics c onnected w ith e ach w ell i n a 96-or 384 w ell P CR tube arrangement.
  • the instrument includes a laser for exciting the labels and is capable of measuring the fluorescence spectra intensity from each tube with continuous monitoring during PCR amplification. Each tube is re-examined every 8.5 seconds.
  • Computer software provided with the instrument is capable of recording the fluorescence intensity of reporter and quencher over the course of the amplification.
  • the recorded values will then be used to calculate the increase in normalized reporter emission intensity on a continuous basis.
  • the increase in emission intensity is plotted versus time, i.e., the number of amplification cycles, to produce a continuous measure of amplification.
  • the amplification plot is examined at a point during the log phase of product accumulation. This is accomplished by assigning a fluorescence threshold intensity above background and determining the point at which each amplification plot crosses the threshold (defined as the threshold cycle number or Ct). Differences in threshold cycle number are used to quantify the relative amount of PCR target contained within each tube. Assuming that each reaction functions at 100% PCR efficiency, a difference of one Ct represents a two-fold difference in the amount of starting template.
  • the fluorescence value can be used in conjunction with a standard curve to determine the amount of amplification product present.
  • amplification product (which is double stranded) binds dye molecules in solution to form a complex.
  • dyes it is possible to distinguish between dye molecules free in solution and dye molecules bound to amplification product. For example, certain dyes fluoresce only when bound to amplification product. Examples of dyes which can be used in methods of this general type include, but are not limited to, Syber GreemTM. and
  • Pico Green from Molecular Probes, Inc. of Eugene, Oreg., ethidium bromide, propidium i odide, chromomycin, acridine orange, Hoechst 33258, Toto-1, Yoyo-1,
  • DAPI (4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole hydrochloride). Another real time detection technique measures alteration in energy fluorescence energy transfer between fluorophors conjugated with PCR primers [Livak, (1995)].
  • These detection methods involve some alteration to the structure or conformation of a probe hybridized to the locus between the amplification primer pair.
  • the alteration is caused by the template-dependent extension catalyzed by a nucleic acid polymerase during the amplification process.
  • the alteration generates a detectable signal which is an indirect measure ofthe amount of amplification product formed.
  • some methods involve the degradation or digestion ofthe probe during the extension reaction. These methods are a consequence of the 5 -3' nuclease activity associated with some nucleic acid polymerases. Polymerases having this activity cleave mononucleotides or small o ligonucleotides from an oligonucleotide probe annealed to its complementary sequence located within the locus.
  • the 3' end ofthe upstream primer provides the initial binding site for the nucleic acid polymerase.
  • the nucleic acid polymerase displaces a portion of the 5' end of the probe and through its nuclease activity cleaves mononucleotides or oligonucleotides from the probe.
  • the upstream primer and the probe can be designed such that they anneal to the complementary strand in close proximity to one another. In fact, the 3' end of the upstream primer and the 5' end of the probe may abut one another. In this situation, extension of the upstream primer is not necessary in order for the nucleic acid polymerase to begin cleaving the probe. In the case in which intervening nucleotides separate the upstream primer and the probe, extension of the primer is necessary before the nucleic acid polymerase encounters the 5' end of the probe.
  • the 5'-3' exonuclease activity ofthe nucleic acid polymerase begins cleaving mononucleotides or oligonucleotides from the 5' end of the probe. Digestion of the probe continues until the remaining portion ofthe probe dissociates from the complementary strand.
  • the two end sections can hybridize with each other to form a hairpin loop.
  • the reporter and quencher dye are in sufficiently close proximity that fluorescence from the reporter dye is effectively quenched by the quencher dye.
  • Hybridized probe in contrast, results in a linearized conformation in which the extent of quenching is decreased.
  • the labeled probe is selected so that its sequence is substantially complementary to a segment of the test locus or a reference locus. As indicated above, the nucleic acid site to which the probe binds should be located between the primer binding sites for the upstream and downstream amplification primers.
  • the primers used in the amplification are selected so as to be capable of hybridizing to sequences at flanking regions of the locus being amplified.
  • the primers are chosen to have at least substantial complementarity with the different strands of the nucleic acid being amplified.
  • the primers are selected in such that they flank the probe, i.e. are located upstream and downstream ofthe probe.
  • the primer must have sufficient length so that it is capable of priming the synthesis of extension products in the presence of an agent for polymerization.
  • the length and composition of the primer depends on many parameters, including, for example, the temperature at which the annealing reaction is conducted, proximity of the probe binding site to that ofthe primer, relative concentrations ofthe primer and probe and the particular nucleic acid composition of the probe.
  • the primer typically includes 15-30 nucleotides.
  • the length ofthe primer may be more or less depending on the complexity ofthe primer binding site and the factors listed above.
  • labels used for labeling the probes or primers ofthe current invention and which can provide the signal corresponding to the quantity of amplification product can take a variety of forms.
  • a s indicated above with regard to the 5' fluorogenic nuclease method a fluorescent signal is one signal which can be measured. However, measurements may also be made, for example, by monitoring radioactivity, colorimetry, absorption, magnetic parameters, or enzymatic activity.
  • labels which can be employed include, but are not limited to, fluorophors, chromophores, radioactive isotopes, electron dense reagents, enzymes, and ligands having specific binding partners (e.g., biotin-avidin).
  • a number of labels useful for attachment to probes or primers are commercially available including fluorescein and various fluorescein derivatives such as FAM, HEX, TET and JOE (all which are available from Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.); lucifer yellow, and coumarin derivatives.
  • Labels may be attached to the probe or primer using a variety of techniques and can be attached at the 5' end, and/or the 3' end and/or at an internal nucleotide.
  • the label can also be attached to spacer arms of various sizes which are attached to the probe or primer. T hese spacer arms are useful for obtaining a desired distance between multiple labels attached to the probe or primer.
  • a single label may be utilized; whereas, in other instances, such as with the 5' fluorogenic nuclease assays for example, two or more labels are attached to the probe.
  • it is generally advisable to maintain spacing between the labels which is sufficient to permit separation of the labels during digestion of the probe through the 5'-3' nuclease activity ofthe nucleic acid polymerase.
  • a number of diseases are associated with changes in the copy number of a certain gene.
  • the real-time PCR method can be used to determine if the patient has copy number alterations which are known to be linked with diseases that are associated with the symptoms the patient has.
  • Fusion proteins are useful for generating antibodies against PRSS8 polypeptides and for use in various assay systems. For example, fusion proteins can be used to identify proteins which interact with portions of PRSS8 polypeptides. Protein affinity chromatography or library-based assays for protein-protein interactions, such as the yeast two-hybrid or phage display systems, can be used for this purpose. Such methods are well known in the art and also can be used as drug screens.
  • a PRSS8 fusion protein comprises two polypeptide segments fused together by means of a peptide bond.
  • the first polypeptide segment can comprise at least 54, 75, 100, 125, 139, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 325 or 350 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of a biologically active variant, such as those described above.
  • the first polypeptide segment also can comprise full-length PRSS8.
  • the second polypeptide segment can be a full-length protein or a protein fragment.
  • Proteins commonly used in fusion protein construction include, but are not limited to ⁇ galactosidase, ⁇ -glucuronidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), autofluorescent proteins, including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST), luciferase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), and chloramphenicol acetyltransferase
  • epitope tags are used in fusion protein constructions, including histidine (His) tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, NSN-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags.
  • Other fusion constructions can include maltose binding protein (MBP), S-tag, Lex a D ⁇ A binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 D ⁇ A binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSN) BP16 protein fusions.
  • a fusion protein also can be engineered to contain a cleavage site located adjacent to the PRSS8.
  • a naturally occurring PRSS8 polynucleotide can be isolated free of other cellular components such as membrane components, proteins, and lipids.
  • Polynucleotides can be made by a cell and isolated using standard nucleic acid purification techniques, or synthesized using an amplification technique, such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or by using an automatic synthesizer. Methods for isolating polynucleotides are routine and are known in the art. Any such technique for obtaining a polynucleotide can be used to obtain isolated PRSS8 polynucleotides. For example, restriction enzymes and probes can be used to isolate polynucleotide fragments which comprise PRSS8 nucleotide sequences. Isolated polynucleotides are in preparations which are free or at least 70, 80, or 90% free of other molecules.
  • PRSS8 cD ⁇ A molecules can be made with standard molecular biology techniques, using PRSS8 mR ⁇ A as a template. PRSS8 cD ⁇ A molecules can thereafter be replicated u sing m olecular biology techniques known in the art.
  • An amplification technique such as PCR, can be used to obtain additional copies of polynucleotides of the invention, using either human genomic D ⁇ A or cD ⁇ A as a template.
  • synthetic chemistry techniques can be used to synthesizes PRSS8 polynucleotides.
  • the degeneracy of the genetic code allows alternate nucleotide sequences to be synthesized which will encode PRSS8 having, for example, an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a biologically active variant thereof.
  • PCR-based methods can be used to extend nucleic acid sequences encoding human PRSS8, for example to detect upstream sequences of PRSS 8 gene such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • restriction-site PCR uses universal primers to retrieve unknown sequence adjacent to a known locus. Genomic DNA is first amplified in the presence of a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to the known region. The amplified sequences are then subjected to a second round of PCR with the same linker primer and another specific primer internal to the first one. Products of each round of PCR are transcribed with an appropriate RNA polymerase and sequenced using reverse transcriptase.
  • Inverse PCR also can be used to amplify or extend sequences using divergent primers based on a known region.
  • the method uses several restriction enzymes to generate a suitable fragment in the known region of a gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a PCR template.
  • capture PCR which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA.
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations also can be used to place an engineered double-stranded sequence into an unknown fragment ofthe DNA molecule before performing PCR.
  • Randomly-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences which contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries can be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • capillary electrophoresis systems can be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of PCR or sequencing products.
  • capillary sequencing can employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different fluorescent dyes (one for each nucleotide) which are laser activated, and detection of the emitted wavelengths by a charge coupled device camera.
  • Output/light intensity can be converted to electrical signal using appropriate equipment and software (e.g., GENOTYPER and Sequence NAVIGATOR, Perkin Elmer), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display can be computer controlled.
  • Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for the sequencing of small pieces of DNA which might be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • PRSS8 can be obtained, for example, by purification from human cells, by expression of PRSS8 polynucleotides, or by direct chemical synthesis.
  • PRSS8 can be purified from any human cell which expresses the enzyme, including those which have been transfected with expression constructs which express PRSS8.
  • a purified PRSS8 is separated from other compounds which normally associate with PRSS8 in the cell, such as certain proteins, carbohydrates, or lipids, using methods well-known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, size exclusion chromatography, ammonium sulfate fractionation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and preparative gel electrophoresis.
  • PRSS8 polynucleotides can be inserted into an expression vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence.
  • Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding PRSS8 and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination.
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding PRSS8. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms, such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors, insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus), plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids), or animal cell systems.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors
  • yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus)
  • plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic
  • control elements or regulatory sequences are those non-translated regions of the vector - enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions ⁇ which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements can vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilized, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and i nducible p romoters, c an b e u sed. F or e xample, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used.
  • inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used.
  • the baculovirus polyhedrin promoter can be used in insect cells. Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells (e.g-, heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage protein genes) or from plant viruses (e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences) can be cloned into the vector. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of a nucleotide sequence encoding PRSS8, vectors based on SV40 or EBV can be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
  • Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells e.g-, heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage protein genes
  • plant viruses e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences
  • a number of expression vectors can be selected.
  • vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified can be used.
  • Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene).
  • BLUESCRIPT a sequence encoding PRSS8 can be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino-terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of ⁇ -galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced.
  • pL vectors or pGEX vectors also can be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione
  • GST S-transferase
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • Proteins made in such systems can be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
  • Plant and Insect Expression Systems the expression of sequences encoding PRSS8 can be driven by any of a number of promoters.
  • viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV can be used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV.
  • plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters can be used. These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or by pathogen-mediated transfection.
  • An insect system also can be used to express PRSS8.
  • Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae.
  • Sequences encoding PRSS8 can be cloned into a non-essential region ofthe virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter.
  • Successful insertion of PRSS8 will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein.
  • the recombinant viruses can then be used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which PRSS8 can be expressed.
  • a number of viral-based expression systems can be used to express PRSS8 in mammalian host cells.
  • sequences encoding PRSS8 can be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex comprising the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region ofthe viral genome can be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing PRSS8 in infected host cells [Engelhard, 1994)].
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, can be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • RSV Rous sarcoma virus
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs also can be used to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained and expressed in a plasmid.
  • HACs of 6M to 10M are constructed and delivered to cells via conventional delivery methods (e.g., liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles).
  • Specific initiation signals also can be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding PRSS8. Such signals include the A TG initiation c odon and adjacent s equences. I n c ases where sequences encoding PRSS8, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed.
  • exogenous translational control signals including the ATG i nitiation c odon
  • exogenous translational control signals including the ATG i nitiation c odon
  • s hould b e p rovided.
  • T he i nitiation c odon s hould b e in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert.
  • Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons can be of various origins, both natural and synthetic.
  • a host cell strain can be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed PRSS8 in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
  • Post- translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form ofthe polypeptide also can be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and/or function.
  • Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38), are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209) and can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing ofthe foreign protein.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • Stable e xpression i s p referred for 1 ong-term, h igh-yield p roduction o f r ecombinant proteins can be transformed using expression vectors which can contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. F ollowing the introduction of the vector, cells can be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched medium before they are switched to a selective medium.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced PRSS8 sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed c ells can be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type. Any number of selection systems can be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase [Logan, (1984)] and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase [Wigler, (1977)] genes which can be employed in tk ⁇ or aprf cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate [Lowy, (1980)]
  • npt confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G-418 [Wigler, (1980)]
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively [Colbere-Garapin, 1981]. Additional selectable genes have been described.
  • trpB allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine.
  • Visible markers such as anthocyanins, ⁇ -glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, can be used to identify transformants and to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system
  • marker gene expression suggests that a PRSS8 poly- nucleotide is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed.
  • a sequence encoding PRSS8 is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences which encode PRSS8 can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding PRSS8 under the control of a single promoter. Expression ofthe marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of PRSS8 polynucleotide.
  • host cells which contain a PRSS8 polynucleotide and which express PRSS8 can be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art.
  • DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip-based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein.
  • DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations can be detected by DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization or amplification using probes or fragments or fragments o f polynucleotides encoding PRSS8.
  • Nucleic acid amplification-based assays involve the use of oligonucleotides selected from sequences encoding PRSS8 to detect transformants which contain a PRSS8 polynucleotide.
  • a variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of PRSS8, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radio- immunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radio- immunoassay
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay u sing m onoclonal antibodies reactive to two non- interfering epitopes on PRSS8 can be used, or a competitive binding assay can be employed.
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding PRSS8 include oligolabeling, nick translation, end- labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • sequences encoding PRSS8 can be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA probes are known in the art, are commercially available, and can be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of labeled nucleotides and an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6. These procedures can be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Amersham Pharmacia B iotech, P romega, and US Biochemical). Suitable reporter molecules or labels which can be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, and fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with PRSS8 polynucleotides can be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture.
  • the poly- peptide produced by a transformed cell can be secreted or contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing PRSS8 polynucleotides can be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of soluble PRSS8 through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane or which direct the membrane insertion of membrane-bound PRSS8.
  • purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.).
  • cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor XA or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and PRSS8 also can be used to facilitate purification.
  • One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing PRSS8 and 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by LMAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography) Maddox, (1983)], while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying PRSS8 from the fusion protein [Porath, (1992)]. Chemical Synthesis
  • PRSS8 Sequences encoding PRSS8 can be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art.
  • PRSS8 itself can be produced using chemical methods to synthesize its amino acid sequence, such as by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques. Protein synthesis can either be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis can be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer).
  • fragments of PRSS8 can be separately synthesized and combined using chemical methods to produce a full-length molecule.
  • the newly synthesized peptide can be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the composition of a synthetic PRSS8 can be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing. Additionally, any portion of the amino acid sequence of PRSS8 can be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with sequences from other proteins to produce a variant polypeptide or a fusion protein.
  • codons preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce an RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half-life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • nucleotide sequences referred to herein can be engineered using methods generally known in the art to alter PRSS8 polynucleotides for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the polypeptide or mRNA product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides can be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • site-directed mutagenesis can be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce mutations, and so forth.
  • PRSS8 analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
  • Another general class of PRSS8 analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
  • PRSS8 analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, [Monfardini et al., (1996)]). Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype PRSS8 antibodies mimic PRSS8, these domains can provide PRSS8 enzymatic activity. Methods of producing anti-idiotypic catalytic antibodies are known to those of skill in the art [Joron et al., (1992), Friboulet et al. (1994), Avalle et al., (1998)].
  • PRSS8 One illustrative in vitro use of PRSS8 and its analogs is the production of labeled peptides from a labeled protein substrate.
  • Proteases can also be used in detergents and cleaning solutions.
  • serine proteases are used in solutions to clean and to disinfect contact lenses (see, for example, [U.S. 5,985,629]).
  • Another use for a serine protease is in the formulation of vaccines (see, for example, [U.S. 5,885,814]).
  • Those of skill in the art can devise other uses for molecules having
  • Antibody as used herein includes intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv, which are capable of binding an epitope of PRSS8.
  • Fab fragments thereof
  • F(ab') 2 fragments thereof
  • Fv fragments thereof
  • epitopes which involve non-contiguous amino acids may require more, e.g., at least 15, 25, or 50 amino acid.
  • An antibody which specifically binds to an epitope of PRSS8 can be used therapeutically, as well as in immunochemical assays, such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art.
  • immunochemical assays such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art.
  • Various immunoassays can be used to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between an immunogen and an antibody which specifically binds to the PRSS8 immunogen.
  • an antibody which specifically binds to PRSS8 provides a detection signal at least 5-, 10-, or 20-fold higher than a detection signal provided with other proteins when used in an immunochemical assay.
  • antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 do not detect other proteins in immunochemical assays and can immunoprecipitate PRSS8 from solution.
  • PRSS8 can be used to immunize a mammal, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, or human, to produce polyclonal antibodies. If desired, PRSS8 can be conjugated to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response.
  • a carrier protein such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
  • various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response.
  • Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's adjuvant, mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), and surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, and dinitrophenol).
  • mineral gels e.g., aluminum hydroxide
  • surface active substances e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Coiynebacterium parvum are especially useful.
  • Monoclonal antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody m olecules by e ontinuous cell lines in culture. These techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique [Roberge, (1995)].
  • chimeric antibodies the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity
  • Monoclonal and other antibodies also can be "humanized” to prevent a patient from mounting an immune response against the antibody when it is used therapeutically.
  • Such antibodies may be sufficiently similar in sequence to human antibodies to be used directly in therapy or may require alteration of a few key residues. Sequence differences between rodent antibodies and human sequences can b e minimized by replacing residues which differ from those in the human sequences by site directed mutagenesis of individual residues or by grating of entire complementarity determining regions.
  • Antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 can contain antigen binding sites which are either partially or fully humanized, as disclosed in U.S. 5,565,332.
  • single chain antibodies can be adapted using methods known in the art to produce single chain antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8.
  • Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition can be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobin libraries.
  • Single-chain antibodies also can be constructed using a DNA amplification method, such as PCR, using hybridoma cDNA as a template.
  • Single-chain antibodies can be mono- or bispecific, and can be bivalent or tetravalent. Construction of tetravalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught.
  • a nucleotide sequence encoding a single-chain antibody can be constructed using manual or automated nucleotide synthesis, cloned into an expression construct using standard recombinant DNA methods, and introduced into a cell to express the coding sequence, as described below.
  • single-chain antibodies can be produced directly using, for example, filamentous phage technology.
  • Antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 also can be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents.
  • Other types of antibodies can be constructed and used therapeutically in methods of the invention.
  • chimeric antibodies can be constructed as disclosed in WO 93/03151.
  • Antibodies according to the invention can be purified by methods well known in the art. For example, antibodies can be affinity purified by passage over a column to which PRSS8 is bound. The bound antibodies can then be eluted from the column using a buffer with a high salt concentration.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides are nucleotide sequences which are complementary to a specific DNA or RNA sequence. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary nucleotides combine with natural sequences produced by the cell to form complexes and block either transcription or translation. Preferably, an antisense oligonucleotide is at least 11 nucleotides in length, but can be at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 or more nucleotides long. Longer sequences also can be used. Antisense oligonucleotide molecules can be provided in a DNA construct and introduced into a cell as described above to decrease the level of PRSS8 gene products in the cell.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, or a combination of both. Oligonucleotides can be synthesized manually or by an automated synthesizer, by covalently linking the 5' end of one nucleotide with the 3' end of another nucleotide with non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages such alkyl- phosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, alkylphosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxymethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters.
  • Modifications of PRSS8 gene expression can be obtained by designing antisense oligonucleotides which will form duplexes to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the PRSS8 gene. Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between positions -10 and +10 from the start site, are preferred. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or chaperons. Therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature
  • An antisense oligonucleotide also can be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides which comprise, for example, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more stretches of contiguous nucleotides which are precisely complementary to a PRSS8 polynucleotide, each separated by a stretch of contiguous nucleotides which are not complementary to adjacent PRSS8 nucleotides, can provide sufficient targeting specificity for PRSS8 mRNA.
  • each stretch of complementary contiguous nucleotides is at least 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 or more nucleotides in length.
  • Non- complementary intervening sequences are preferably 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides in length.
  • One skilled in the art can easily use the calculated melting point of an antisense-sense pair to determine the degree of mismatching which will be tolerated between a particular antisense oligonucleotide and a particular PRSS8 polynucleotide sequence.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides can be modified without affecting their ability to hybridize to a PRSS8 polynucleotide. These modifications can be internal or at one or both ends of the antisense molecule.
  • internucleoside phosphate linkages can be modified by adding cholesteryl or diamine moieties with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose.
  • Modified bases and/or sugars such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5'-substituted oligonucleotide in which the 3' hydroxyl group or the 5' phosphate group are substituted, also can be employed in a modified antisense oligonucleotide.
  • modified oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods well known in the art.
  • Ribozymes are RNA molecules with catalytic activity [Uhlmann, (1987)]. Ribozymes can be used to inhibit gene function by cleaving an RNA sequence, as is known in the art. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Examples include engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of specific nucleotide sequences.
  • the coding sequence of a PRSS8 polynucleotide can be used to generate ribozymes which will specifically bind to mRNA transcribed from a PRSS8 polynucleotide.
  • Methods of designing and constructing ribozymes which can cleave other RNA molecules in trans in a highly sequence specific manner have been developed and described in the art.
  • the cleavage activity of ribozymes can be targeted to specific RNAs by engineering a discrete "hybridization" region into the ribozyme.
  • the hybridization region contains a sequence complementary to the target RNA and thus specifically hybridizes with the target
  • RNA RNA.
  • Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within a PRSS8 RNA target can be identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the target RNA containing the cleavage site can be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the target inoperable. Suitability of candidate PRSS8 RNA targets also can be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays. The nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ J_D NO: 1 and its complement provide sources of suitable hybridization region sequences.
  • hybridizing and cleavage regions of the ribozyme can be integrally related such that upon hybridizing to the target RNA through the complementary regions, the catalytic region of the ribozyme can cleave the target.
  • Ribozymes can be introduced into cells as part of a DNA construct. Mechanical methods, such as microinjection, liposome-mediated transfection, electroporation, or calcium phosphate precipitation, can be used to introduce a ribozyme-containing DNA construct into cells in which it is desired to decrease PRSS8 expression.
  • the construct can be supplied on a plasmid and maintained as a separate element or integrated into the genome of the cells, as is known in the art.
  • a ribozyme-encoding DNA construct can include transcriptional regulatory elements, such as a promoter element, an enhancer or UAS element, and a transcriptional terminator signal, for controlling transcription of ribozymes in the cells (U.S. 5,641,673). Ribozymes also can be engineered to provide an additional level of regulation, so that destruction of mRNA occurs only when both a ribozyme and a target gene are induced in the cells. Screening / Screening Assays
  • Regulators as used herein refer to compounds that affect the activity of PRSS8 in vivo and/or in vitro. Regulators can be agonists and antagonists of PRSS8 polypeptide and can be compounds that exert their effect on the PRSS8 activity via the enzymatic activity, expression, post-translational modifications or by other means.
  • Agonists of PRSS8 are molecules which, when bound to PRSS8, increase or prolong the activity of PRSS8.
  • Agonists of PRSS8 include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other molecule which activate PRSS8.
  • Antagonists of PRSS8 are molecules which, when bound to PRSS8, decrease the amount or the duration of the activity of PRSS8. Antagonists include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, antibodies, small molecules, or any other molecule which decrease the activity of PRS S 8.
  • modulate refers to a change in the activity of PRSS8 polypeptide. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in enzymatic activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of PRSS8.
  • the terms “specific binding” or “specifically binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, or an antagonist. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure ofthe protein recognized by the binding molecule (i.e., the antigenic determinant or epitope). For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A" the presence of a polypeptide containing the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • the invention provides methods (also referred to herein as "screening assays”) for identifying compounds which can be used for the treatment of diseases related to PRSS8.
  • the methods entail the identification of candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other molecules) which bind to PRSS8 and/or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on the biological activity of PRSS8 or its expression and then determining which of these compounds have an effect on symptoms or diseases related to PRSS8 in an in vivo assay.
  • candidate or test compounds or agents e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other molecules
  • Candidate or test compounds or agents which bind to PRSS8 and/or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on the activity or the expression of PRSS8 are identified either in assays that employ cells which express PRSS8 (cell-based assays) or in assays with isolated PRSS8 (cell-free assays).
  • the various assays can employ a variety of variants of PRSS8 (e.g., full-length PRSS8, a biologically active fragment of PRSS8, or a fusion protein which includes all or a portion of PRSS8).
  • PRSS8 can be derived from any suitable mammalian species (e.g., human PRSS8, rat
  • the assay can be a binding assay entailing direct or indirect measurement ofthe binding of a test compound or a known PRSS8 ligand to PRSS8.
  • the assay can also be an activity assay entailing direct or indirect measurement of the activity of PRSS8.
  • the assay can also be an expression assay entailing direct or indirect measurement of the expression of PRSS8 mRNA or
  • PRSS8 protein The various screening assays are combined with an in vivo assay entailing measuring the effect of the test compound on the symptoms of diseases related to PRSS8.
  • the present invention includes biochemical, cell free assays that allow the identification o f inhibitors and agonists of proteases suitable as lead structures for pharmacological drug development.
  • Such assays involve contacting a form of PRSS8 (e.g., full-length PRSS8, a biologically active fragment of PRSS8, or a fusion protein comprising all or a portion of PRSS8) with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to act as an antagonist (preferably) or an agonist of the enzymatic activity of PRSS8.
  • the activity of PRSS8 molecules of the present invention can be measured using a variety of assays that measure PRSS8 activity. For example, PRSS8 enzyme activity can be assessed by a standard in vitro serine/metallo/...
  • protease assay see, for example, [U.S. 5,057,414]).
  • substrates suitable for in vitro assays such as SucAla-Ala-Pro-Phe-pNA, fluorescein mono-p-guanidinobenzoate hydrochloride, benzyloxycarbonyl-L-Arginyl-S-benzyl- ester, Nalpha-Benzoyl-L-arginine ethyl ester hydrochloride, and the like.
  • protease assay kits available from commercial sources, such as CalbiochemTM (San Diego, Calif.). For general references, see Barrett (Ed.), Methods in Enzymology,
  • Proteolytic Enzymes Serine and Cysteine Peptidases (Academic Press Inc. 1994), and Barrett et al., (Eds.), Handbook of Proteolytic Enzymes (Academic Press Inc. 1998).
  • Solution in vitro assays can be used to identify a PRSS8 substrate or inhibitor.
  • Solid phase systems can also be used to identify a substrate or inhibitor of a PRSS8 polypeptide.
  • a PRSS8 polypeptide or PRSS8 fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use o f this instrument is disclosed, for example, by [Karlsson, (1991), and Cunningham and
  • a PRSS8 polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell.
  • a test sample is then passed through the cell. If a PRSS8 substrate or inhibitor is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index ofthe medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film.
  • This system allows the determination on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of the stoichiometry of binding, as well as the kinetic effects of PRSS8 mutation.
  • This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti-complement pairs.
  • the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of PRSS8.
  • Such assays can employ full-length PRSS8, a biologically active fragment of PRSS8, or a fusion protein which includes all or a portion of PRSS8.
  • the test compound can be obtained by any suitable means, e.g., from conventional compound libraries.
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of PRSS8 can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of PRSS8 to bind to or interact with a target molecule.
  • the target molecule can be a molecule with which PRSS8 binds or interacts with in nature.
  • the target molecule can be a component of a signal transduction pathway which facilitates transduction of an extracellular signal.
  • the target PRSS8 molecule can be, for example, a second intracellular protein which has catalytic activity or a protein which facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with PRSS8.
  • Determining the ability of PRSS8 to bind to or interact with a target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of a polypeptide of the invention to bind to or interact with a target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule.
  • the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (e.g., intracellular Ca 2+ , diacylglycerol, IP 3 , etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target on an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (e.g., a regulatory element that is responsive to a polypeptide of the invention operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a cellular response.
  • a reporter gene e.g., a regulatory element that is responsive to a polypeptide of the invention operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase
  • binding of a test compound to PRSS8, or interaction of PRSS8 with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtitre plates, test tubes, and micro- centrifuge tubes.
  • a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both ofthe proteins to be bound to a matrix.
  • glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical; St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtitre plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or PRSS8, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtitre plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components and complex formation is measured either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of binding or activity of PRSS8 can be determined using standard techniques.
  • PRSS8 or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
  • Biotinylated polypeptide of the invention or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS
  • Methods for detecting such complexes include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with PRSS8 or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with PRSS8 or target molecule.
  • Another technique for drug screening which may be used provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest as described in published PCT application WO84/03564.
  • large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface.
  • the test compounds are reacted with PRSS8, or fragments thereof, and washed.
  • Bound PRSS8 is then detected by methods well known in the art.
  • Purified PRSS8 can also be coated d irectly o nto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques.
  • non- neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support.
  • the screening assay can also involve monitoring the expression of PRSS8.
  • regulators of expression of PRSS8 can be identified in a method in which a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA in the cell is determined. The level of expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a regulator of expression of
  • PRSS8 based on this comparison. For example, when expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA protein is greater (statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of PRSS8 protein or mRNA expression. Alternatively, when expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of PRSS8 protein or mRNA expression.
  • the level of PRSS8 protein or mRNA expression in the cells can be determined by methods described below.
  • the test compound is preferably a small molecule which binds to and occupies the active site of PRSS8 polypeptide, thereby making the ligand binding site inaccessible to substrate such that normal biological activity is prevented.
  • small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules.
  • Potential ligands which bind to a polypeptide of the invention include, but are not limited to, the natural ligands of known PRSS8 proteases and analogues or derivatives thereof.
  • either the test compound or the PRSS8 polypeptide can comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase. Detection of a test compound which is bound to PRSS8 polypeptide can then be accomplished, for example, by direct counting of radioemmission, by scintillation counting, or by determining conversion of an appropriate substrate to a detectable product. Alternatively, binding of a test compound to a PRSS8 polypeptide can be determined without labeling either of the interactants.
  • a detectable label such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase.
  • a microphysiometer can be used to detect binding of a test compound with a PRSS8 polypeptide.
  • a microphysiometer e.g., CytosensorTM
  • LAPS light-addressable potentiometric sensor
  • Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator ofthe interaction between a test compound and PRSS8 [Haseloff, (1988)].
  • Determining the ability of a test compound to bind to PRSS8 also can be accomplished using a technology such as real-time Bimolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) [McConnell, (1992); Sjolander, (1991)].
  • BIA is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g.,
  • SPR surface plasmon resonance
  • a PRSS8-like polypeptide in yet another aspect of the invention, can be used as a "bait protein" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay [Szabo, (1995); U.S.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains.
  • the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • polynucleotide encoding PRSS8 can be fused to a polynucleotide encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4).
  • a DNA sequence that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey" or "sample” can be fused to a polynucleotide that codes for the activation domain ofthe known transcription factor.
  • the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ), which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected, and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the DNA sequence encoding the protein which interacts with PRSS8.
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • either the PRSS8 (or polynucleotide) or the test compound can be bound to a solid support.
  • suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass or plastic slides, tissue culture plates, microtiter wells, tubes, silicon chips, or particles such as beads (including, but not limited to, latex, polystyrene, or glass beads).
  • any method known in the art can be used to attach PRSS8-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound to a solid support, including use of covalent and non-covalent linkages, passive absorption, or pairs of binding moieties attached respectively to the p olypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound and the solid support.
  • Test compounds are preferably bound to the solid support in an array, so that the location of individual test compounds can be tracked. Binding of a test compound to PRSS8 (or a polynucleotide encoding for PRSS8) can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes.
  • PRSS8 is a fusion protein comprising a domain that allows binding of PRSS8 to a solid support.
  • glutathione-S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and the non-adsorbed PRSS8; the mixture is then incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components. Binding of the interactants can be determined either directly or indirectly, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the solid support before binding is determined.
  • PRSS8 or a polynucleotide encoding PRSS8
  • a test compound can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
  • Biotinylated PRSS8 or a polynucleotide encoding biotinylated PRSS8 or test compounds can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxysuccinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.) and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin- coated plates (Pierce Chemical).
  • antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8, polynucleotide, or a test compound, but which do not interfere with a desired binding site, such as the active site of PRSS8, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate. Unbound target or protein can be trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
  • Methods for detecting such complexes include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 polypeptide or test compound, enzyme- linked assays which rely on detecting an activity of PRSS8 polypeptide, and SDS gel electrophoresis under non-reducing conditions.
  • Screening for test compounds which bind to a PRSS8 polypeptide or polynucleotide also can be carried out in an intact cell. Any cell which comprises a PRSS8 polypeptide or polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. A PRSS8 polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Binding of the test compound to PRSS8 or a polynucleotide encoding PRSS8 is determined as described above.
  • Test compounds can be tested for the ability to increase or decrease PRSS8 activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide.
  • the PRSS8 activity can be measured, for example, using methods described in the specific examples, below.
  • PRSS8 activity can be measured after contacting either a purified PRSS8 or an intact cell with a test compound.
  • a test compound which decreases PRSS8 activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% is identified as a potential agent for decreasing PRSS8 activity.
  • a test compound which increases PRSS8 activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% is identified as a potential agent for increasing PRSS8 activity.
  • test compounds which increase or decrease PRSS8 gene expression are identified.
  • the term "correlates with expression of a polynucleotide” indicates that the detection ofthe presence of nucleic acids, the same or related to a nucleic acid sequence encoding PRSS8, by northern analysis or realtime PCR is indicative of the presence of nucleic acids encoding PRSS8 in a sample, and thereby correlates with expression of the transcript from the polynucleotide encoding PRSS8.
  • microarray refers to an array of distinct polynucleotides or oligonucleotides arrayed on a substrate, such as paper, nylon or any other type of membrane, filter, chip, glass slide, or any other suitable solid support.
  • a PRSS8 polynucleotide is contacted with a test compound, and the expression of an RNA or polypeptide product of PRSS8 polynucleotide is determined.
  • the level of expression of appropriate mRNA or polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is compared to the level of expression of mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the test compound.
  • the test compound can then be identified as a regulator of expression based on this comparison.
  • test compound when expression of mRNA or polypeptide is greater in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as a stimulator or enhancer ofthe mRNA or polypeptide expression.
  • test compound when expression of the mRNA or polypeptide is less in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as an inhibitor ofthe mRNA or polypeptide expression.
  • the level of PRSS8 mRNA or polypeptide expression in the cells can be determined by methods well known in the art for detecting mRNA or polypeptide. Either qualitative or quantitative methods can be used.
  • the presence of polypeptide products of PRSS8 polynucleotide can be determined, for example, using a variety of techniques known in the art, including immunochemical methods such as radioimmunoassay, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry.
  • polypeptide synthesis can be determined in vivo, in a cell culture, or in an in vitro translation system by detecting incorporation of labelled amino acids into PRSS8.
  • Such screening can be carried out either in a cell-free assay system or in an intact cell.
  • Any cell which expresses PRSS8 polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system.
  • the PRSS8 polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Either a primary culture or an established cell line can be used.
  • test compounds for use in the screening assays of the invention can be obtained from any suitable source, e.g., conventional compound libraries.
  • the test compounds can also be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the "one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • the biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds [Lam, (1997)]. Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art. Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution or on beads, bacteria, spores, plasmids or phage.
  • Computer modeling and searching technologies permit identification of compounds, or the improvement of already identified compounds, that can modulate PRSS8 expression or activity. Having identified such a compound or composition, the active sites or regions are identified. Such sites might typically be the enzymatic active site, regulator binding sites, or ligand binding sites.
  • the active site can be identified using methods known in the art including, for example, from the amino acid sequences of peptides, from the nucleotide sequences of nucleic acids, or from study of complexes of the relevant compound or composition with its natural ligand. In the latter case, chemical or X-ray crystallographic methods can b e used to find the active site by finding where on the factor the complexed ligand is found.
  • the three dimensional geometric structure ofthe active site is determined. This can be done by known methods, including X-ray crystallography, which can determine a complete molecular structure.
  • NMR can be used to determine certain intramolecular distances. Any other experimental method of structure determination can be used to obtain partial or complete g eometric s comptures. T he g eometric s comptures m ay b e m easured with a complexed ligand, natural or artificial, which may increase the accuracy ofthe active site structure determined.
  • the m ethods o f computer based numerical modeling can be used to complete the structure or improve its accuracy. Any recognized modeling method may be used, including parameterized models specific to particular biopolymers such as proteins or nucleic acids, molecular dynamics models based on computing molecular motions, statistical mechanics models based on thermal ensembles, or combined models. For most types of models, standard molecular force fields, representing the forces between constituent atoms and groups, are necessary, and can be selected from force fields known in physical chemistry. The incomplete or less accurate experimental structures can serve as constraints on the complete and more accurate structures computed by these modeling methods.
  • candidate modulating compounds can be identified by searching databases containing compounds along with information on their molecular structure. Such a search seeks compounds having structures that match the determined active site structure and that interact with the groups defining the active site. Such a search can be manual, but is preferably computer assisted. These compounds found from this search are potential PRSS8 modulating compounds.
  • these methods can be used to identify improved modulating compounds from an already known modulating compound or ligand.
  • the composition of the known compound can be modified and the structural effects of modification can be determined using the experimental and computer modeling methods described above applied to the new composition.
  • the altered structure is then compared to the active site structure ofthe compound to determine if an improved fit or interaction results. In this manner systematic variations in composition, such as by varying side groups, can be quickly evaluated to obtain modified modulating compounds or ligands of improved specificity or activity.
  • PRSS8 is expressed in various human tissues.
  • Heart failure is defined as a pathophysiological state in which an abnormality of cardiac function is responsible for the failure of the heart to pump blood at a rate commensurate with the requirement of the metabolizing tissue. It includes all forms of pumping failures such as high-output and low-output, acute and chronic, right- sided or left-sided, systolic or diastolic, independent ofthe underlying cause.
  • MI Myocardial infarction
  • Ischemic diseases are conditions in which the coronary flow is restricted resulting in a perfusion which is inadequate to meet the myocardial requirement for oxygen.
  • This group of diseases includes stable angina, unstable angina and asymptomatic ischemia.
  • Arrhythmias include all forms of atrial and ventricular tachyarrhythmias, atrial tachycardia, atrial flutter, atrial fibrillation, atrio-ventricular reentrant tachycardia, preexitation syndrome, ventricular tachycardia, ventricular flutter, ventricular fibrillation, as well as bradycardic forms of arrhythmias.
  • Hypertensive vascular diseases include primary as well as all kinds of secondary arterial hypertension, renal, endocrine, neurogenic, others.
  • the genes may be used as drug targets for the treatment of hypertension as well as for the prevention of all complications arising from cardiovascular diseases.
  • Peripheral vascular diseases are defined as vascular diseases in which arterial and/or venous flow is reduced resulting in an imbalance between blood supply and tissue oxygen demand. It includes chronic peripheral arterial occlusive disease (PAOD), acute arterial thrombosis and embolism, inflammatory vascular disorders, Raynaud's phenomenon and venous disorders.
  • PAOD peripheral arterial occlusive disease
  • acute arterial thrombosis and embolism inflammatory vascular disorders
  • Raynaud's phenomenon Raynaud's phenomenon
  • Atherosclerosis is a cardiovascular disease in which the vessel wall is remodeled, compromising the lumen of the vessel.
  • the atherosclerotic remodeling process involves accumulation of cells, both smooth muscle cells and monocyte/macrophage inflammatory cells, in the intima of the vessel wall. These cells take up lipid, likely from the circulation, to form a mature atherosclerotic lesion.
  • the formation of these lesions is a chronic process, occurring over decades of an adult human life, the m ajority of the morbidity associated with atherosclerosis occurs when a lesion ruptures, releasing thrombogenic debris that rapidly occludes the artery.
  • myocardial infarction can ensue, and in the worst case, can result in death.
  • the formation of the atherosclerotic lesion can be considered to occur in five overlapping stages such as migration, lipid accumulation, recruitment of inflammatory cells, proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells, and extracellular matrix deposition.
  • stages such as migration, lipid accumulation, recruitment of inflammatory cells, proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells, and extracellular matrix deposition.
  • Each of these processes can be shown to occur in man and in animal models of atherosclerosis, but the relative contribution of each to the pathology and clinical significance ofthe lesion is unclear.
  • Cardiovascular diseases include but are not limited to disorders of the heart and the vascular system like congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, ischemic diseases of the heart, all kinds of atrial and ventricular arrhythmias, hypertensive vascular diseases, peripheral vascular diseases, and atherosclerosis.
  • the risk to develop atherosclerosis and coronary artery or carotid artery disease (and thus the risk of having a heart attack or stroke) increases with the total cholesterol level increasing. Nevertheless, extremely low cholesterol levels may not be healthy.
  • hyperlipidemia abnormally high levels of fats (cholesterol, triglycerides, or both) in the b lood, m ay b e c aused b y family history of hyperlipidemia
  • obesity a high-fat diet, lack of exercise, moderate to high alcohol consumption, cigarette smoking, poorly controlled diabetes, and an underactive thyroid gland
  • hereditary hyperlipidemias type I hyperlipoproteinemia (familial hyperchylomicronemia), type ⁇ hyperlipoproteinemia (familial hypercholesterolemia), type HI hyperlipo- proteinemia, type IV hyperlipoproteinemia, or type V hyperlipoproteinemia
  • hypolipoproteinemia lipidoses (caused by abnormalities in the enzymes that metabolize fats), Gaucher's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Fabry's disease, Wolman's disease, cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis, sitosterolemia, Refsum's disease,
  • Kidney disorders may lead to hypertension or hypotension.
  • Examples for kidney problems p ossibly 1 eading to hypertension are renal artery stenosis, pyelonephritis, glomerulonephritis, kidney tumors, polycistic kidney disease, injury to the kidney, or radiation therapy affecting the kidney. Excessive urination may lead to hypotension.
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following cardiovascular related tissues: pericardium, heart atrium (left), heart ventricle (left), aorta sclerotic, pulmonic valve, coronary artery smooth muscle primary cells, coronary artery endothel cells. Expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue aorta sclerotic and healthy tissue demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of cardiovascular diseases. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat cardiovascular diseases.
  • Gastrointestinal diseases comprise primary or secondary, acute or chronic diseases of the organs ofthe gastrointestinal tract which may be acquired or inherited, benign or malignant or metaplastic, and which may affect the organs ofthe gastrointestinal tract or the body as a whole. They comprise but are not limited to 1) disorders of the esophagus like achalasia, vigoruos achalasia, dysphagia, cricopharyngeal incoordination, pre-esophageal dysphagia, diffuse esophageal spasm, globus sensation, Barrett's metaplasia, gastroesophageal reflux, 2) disorders of the stomach and duodenum like functional dyspepsia, inflammation of the gastric mucosa, gastritis, stress gastritis, chronic erosive gastritis, atrophy of gastric glands, metaplasia of gastric tissues, gastric ulcers, duodenal ulcers, neoplasms of the stomach, 3) disorders of the pancreas like acute
  • Liver diseases comprise primary or secondary, acute or chronic diseases or injury of the liver which may be acquired or inherited, benign or malignant, and which may affect the liver or the body as a whole. They comprise but are not limited to disorders of the bilirubin metabolism, jaundice, syndroms of Gilbert's, Crigler-Najjar, Dubin- Johnson and Rotor; intrahepatic cholestasis, hepatomegaly, portal hypertension, ascites, Budd-Chiari syndrome, portal-systemic encephalopathy, fatty liver, steatosis, Reye's syndrome, liver diseases due to alcohol, alcoholic hepatitis or cirrhosis, fibrosis and cirrhosis, fibrosis and cirrhosis of the liver due to inborn errors of metabolism or exogenous substances, storage diseases, syndromes of Gaucher's, Zellweger's, Wilson's - disease, acute or chronic hepatitis, viral hepatitis and its variants, inflammatory
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the gastroenterological system: stomach, colon, small intestine, ileum, ileum chronic inflammation, rectum, salivary gland, liver liver cirrhosis.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue ileum chronic inflammation and healthy tissue ileum, between diseased tissue liver liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue liver demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of gastroenterological disorders. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat gastroenterological disorders.
  • the endocrine system consists of a group of organs whose main function is to produce and secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream.
  • the major organs ofthe endocrine system are the hypothalamus, the pituitary gland, thyroid gland, the parathyroid glands, the islets of the pancreas, the adrenal glands, the testes, and the ovaries.
  • the pituitary gland coordinates many functions of the other endocrine glands, but some pituitary hormones have direct effects.
  • the insulin-secreting cells of the pancreas respond to glucose and fatty acids.
  • Parathyroid cells respond to calcium and phosphate.
  • the adrenal medulla (part ofthe adrenal gland) responds to direct stimulation by the parasympathetic nervous system.
  • Diabetes mellitus is a disorder in which blood levels of glucose are abnormally high because the body doesn't release or use insulin adequately.
  • Type I diabetes mellitus insulin-dependent diabetes
  • type I diabetes people with type I diabetes mellitus (insulin-dependent diabetes) produce little or no insulin at all.
  • type I diabetes more than 90 percent of the insulin-producing cells (beta cells) of the pancreas are permanently destroyed. The resulting insulin deficiency is severe, and to survive, a person with type I diabetes must regularly inject insulin.
  • type LI diabetes mellitus non-insulin-dependent diabetes
  • the body develops resistance to insulin effects, resulting in a relative insulin deficiency.
  • pancreas has two major functions: to secrete fluid containing digestive enzymes into the duodenum and to secrete the hormones insulin and glucagon.
  • Chronic pancreatitis is a long-standing inflammation of the pancreas.
  • An insulinoma is a rare type of pancreatic tumor that secretes insulin.
  • the symptoms of an insulinoma result from low blood glucose levels.
  • a gastrinoma is a pancreatic tumor that produces excessive levels of the hormone gastrin, which stimulates the stomach to secrete acid and enzymes, causing peptic ulcers.
  • the excess gastrin secreted by the gastrinoma causes symptoms, called the Zollinger-Ellison syndrome.
  • a glucagonoma is a tumor that produces the hormone glucagon, which raises the level of glucose in the blood and produces a distinctive rash.
  • Diabetes insipidus is a disorder in which insufficient levels of antidiuretic hormone cause excessive thirst (polydipsia) and excessive production of very dilute urine (polyuria).
  • D iabetes insipidus results from the decreased production of antidiuretic hormone (vasopressin).
  • the body has two adrenal glands. The medulla of the adrenal glands secretes hormones such as adrenaline (epinephrine) that affect blood pressure, heart rate, sweating, and other activities also regulated by the sympathetic nervous system.
  • the cortex secretes many different hormones, including corticosteroids (cortisone-like hormones), androgens (male hormones), and mineralocorticoids, which control blood pressure and the levels of salt and potassium in the body.
  • Addison's disease as characterized by underactive adrenal glands is Addison's disease (adrenocortical insufficiency).
  • Adrenal Glands Several disorders are characterized by overactive Adrenal Glands.
  • the causes can be changes in the adrenal glands themselves or overstimulation by the pituitary gland. Examples of these diseases are listed in the following.
  • Overproduction of androgenic steroids leads to virilization
  • overproduction of corticosteroids leads to virilization
  • corticosteroids causes could be tumors of the pituitary or the adrenal gland, results in Cushing's syndrome
  • Nelson's syndrome developed b y p eople w ho have both adrenal glands removed, characterized by an enlargement of the pituitary gland
  • Overproduction of aldosterone hyperaldo- steronism
  • Conn's syndrome hypereraldosterism caused by a tumor
  • pheo- chromocytoma a tumor that originating from the adrenal gland's chromaffin cells, causing overproduction of catecholamines).
  • the thyroid is a small gland located under the Adam's apple. It secretes thyroid hormones, which control the metabolic rate. The thyroid gland traps iodine and processes it into thyroid hormones. The euthyroid sick syndrome is characterized by lack of conversion of the T4 form of thyroid hormone to the T3 form. Hyperthyroidism (overactive thyroid gland, production of too much hormone) may have several causes. Thyroiditis (an inflammation of the thyroid gland), typically leads to a phase of hyperthyroidism. The inflammation may damage the thyroid gland, so that in later stages the disease is characterized by transient or permanent underactivity (hypothyroidism). Toxic thyroid nodules (adenomas) often produce thyroid hormone in large quantities.
  • Toxic multinodular goiter is a disorder in which there are many nodules. Graves' disease (toxic diffuse goiter) is believed to be caused by an antibody that stimulates the thyroid to produce too much thyroid hormone. In toxic nodular goiter, one or more nodules in the thyroid produce too much thyroid hormone and aren't under the control of thyroid-stimulating hormone. Secondary hyperthyroidism may (rarely) be caused by a pituitary tumor that secretes too much thyroid-stimulating hormone, by resistance of the pituitary to thyroid hormone, which results in the pituitary gland secreting too much thyroid- stimulating hormone, or by a hydatidiform mole in women. Thyroid storm is a sudden extreme overactivity of the thyroid gland is a life-threatening emergency requiring prompt treatment.
  • hypothyroidism is a condition in which the thyroid gland is underactive and produces too little thyroid hormone. Very severe hypothyroidism is called myxedema. In Hashimoto's thyroiditis (autoimmune thyroiditis) the thyroid gland is often enlarged, and hypothyroidism results because the gland's functioning areas are gradually destroyed. Rarer causes of hypothyroidism include some inherited disorders which are caused by abnormalities of the enzymes in thyroid cells. In other rare disorders, either the hypothalamus or the pituitary gland fails to secrete enough ofthe hormone needed to stimulate normal thyroid function.
  • Thyroiditis are silent lymphocytic thyroiditis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, or subacute granulomatous thyroiditis.
  • Thyroid cancer is any one of four main types of malignancy ofthe thyroid: papillary, follicular, anaplastic, or medullary.
  • the pituitary is a pea-sized gland that sits in a bony structure (sella turcica) at the base of the brain.
  • the sella turcica protects the pituitary but allows very little room for expansion. If the pituitary enlarges, it tends to push upward, often pressing on the areas of the brain that carry signals from the eyes, possibly resulting in headaches or impaired vision.
  • the pituitary gland has two distinct parts: the anterior (front) and the posterior (back) lobes. The anterior lobe produces (secretes) hormones that ultimately control the function of the thyroid gland, adrenal glands, and reproductive organs
  • the posterior lobe produces hormones that regulate water balance, stimulate the let-down of milk from the breasts in lactating women, and stimulate contractions of the uterus.
  • Examples for disorders of the pituitary gland are Empty Sella Syndrome; hypopituitarism (an underactive pituitary gland); acromegaly, which is excessive growth caused by oversecretion of growth hormone, which is almost always caused by a benign pituitary tumor (adenoma); galactorrhea, which is the production of breast milk in men or in women who aren't breastfeeding, in both sexes, the most common cause of galactorrhea is a prolactin-producing tumor (prolactinoma) in the pituitary gland.
  • prolactin-producing tumor prolactinoma
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the endo- crinological system: thyroid, thyroid tumor, p ancreas, p ancreas liver cirrhosis.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue thyroid tumor and healthy tissue thyroid, between diseased tissue pancreas liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue pancreas demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of endocrinological disorders. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat endocrinological disorders.
  • Dermatologic Disorders The skin serves several functions. It's an multi-layered organ system that builds an effective protective cover and regulates body temperature, senses painful and pleasant stimuli, keeps substances from entering the body, and provides a shield from the sun's harmful effects. Skin color, texture, and folds help mark people as individuals. Thus, skin disorders or diseases often have important consequences for physical and mental health. Skin disorders include, but are not limited to the conditions described in the following.
  • Itching is a sensation that instinctively demands scratching, which may be caused by a skin condition or a systemic diseas.
  • Superficial Skin Disorders affect the uppermost layer of the skin, the stratum corneum or the keratin layer, and it consists of many layers of flattened, dead cells and acts as a barrier to protect the underlying tissue from injury and infection. Disorders of the superficial skin layers involve the stratum corneum and deeper layers ofthe epidermis.
  • ichthyosis Dry skin often occurs in people past middle age, severe dry skin (ichthyosis) results from an inherited scaling disease, such as ichthyosis vulgaris or epidermolytic hyperkeratosis. Ichthyosis also results from nonhereditary disorders, such as leprosy, underactive thyroid, lymphoma, AIDS, and sarcoidosis.
  • Keratosis pilaris is a common disorder in which dead cells shed from the upper layer of skin and form plugs that fill the openings of hair follicles.
  • a callus is an area on the stratum corneum or keratin layer, that becomes abnormally thick in response to repeated rubbing.
  • a corn is a pea-sized, thickened area of keratin that occurs on the feet.
  • Psoriasis is a chronic, recurring disease recognizable by silvery scaling bumps and various-sized plaques (raised patches). An abnormally high rate of growth and turnover of skin cells causes the scaling.
  • Pityriasis rosea is a mild disease that causes scaly, rose-colored, inflamed skin. Pityriasis rosea is possibly caused by an infectious agent, although none has b een identified.
  • Lichen planus a recurring itchy disease, starts as a rash of small discrete bumps that then combine and become rough, scaly plaques (raised patches).
  • Dermatitis is an inflammation of the upper layers of the skin, causing blisters, redness, swelling, oozing, scabbing, scaling, and usually itching.
  • dermatitis are contact dermatitis, or chronic dermatitis of the hands and feet, e.g. Pompholyx.
  • dermatitic disorders are atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, nummular dermatitis, generalized exfoliative dermatitis, stasis dermatitis, or localized scratch dermatitis (lichen simplex chronicus, neurodermatitis).
  • Drug rashes are side effects of medications, mainly allergic reactions to medications.
  • Toxic epidermal necrolysis is a life-threatening skin disease in which the top layer of the skin peels off in sheets. This condition can be caused by a reaction to a drug, or by some other serious disease.
  • Erythema multiforme often caused by herpes simplex is a disorder characterized by patches of red, raised skin that often look like targets and usually are distributed symmetrically over the body.
  • Erythema nodosum is an inflammatory disorder that produces tender red bumps
  • Granuloma annulare is a chronic skin condition of unknown cause in which small, firm, raised bumps form a ring with normal or slightly sunken skin in the center.
  • Some skin disorders are characterized as blistering diseases.
  • Pemphigus is an uncommon, sometimes fatal, disease in which blisters (bullae) of varying sizes break out on the skin, the lining of the mouth, and other mucous membranes.
  • Bullous pemphigoid is an autoimmune disease that causes blistering.
  • Dermatitis herpetiformis is an autoimmune disease in which clusters of intensely itchy, small blisters and hive-like swellings break out and persist.
  • proteins in wheat, rye, barley, and oat products activate the immune system, which attacks parts ofthe skin and somehow causes the rash and itching.
  • Sweating disorders also belong to skin disorders.
  • Prickly heat is an itchy skin rash caused by trapped sweat. Excessive sweating (hyperhidrosis) may affect the entire surface ofthe skin, but often it's limited to the palms, soles, armpits, or groin. The affected area is often pink or bluish white, and in severe cases the skin may be cracked, scaly, and soft, especially on the feet.
  • Sebaceous gland disorders can affect the sebaceous glands.
  • the sebaceous glands which secrete oil onto the skin, lie in the dermis, the skin layer just below the surface layer (epidermis).
  • Sebaceous gland disorders include acne, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, and sebaceous cysts.
  • Acne is a common skin condition in which the skin pores become clogged, leading to pimples and inflamed, infected abscesses (collections of pus). Acne tends to develop in teenagers.
  • Acne is further subdivided in superficial acne or deep acne.
  • Rosacea is a persistent skin disorder that produces redness, tiny pimples, and broken blood vessels, usually on the central area ofthe face.
  • Perioral dermatitis is a red, often bumpy rash around the mouth and on the chin.
  • a sebaceous cyst (keratinous cyst) is a slow-growing bump containing dead skin, skin excretions, and other skin particles. These cysts may be small and can appear anywhere.
  • Hair disorders also are skin disorders. Hair disorders include excessive hairiness, baldness, and ingrown beard hairs.
  • the skin can be infected by bacteria.
  • Bacterial skin infections can range in seriousness from minor acne to a life-threatening condition, such as staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome.
  • the most common bacterial skin infections are caused by Staphylococcus and Streptococcus.
  • Risk factors for skin infections are for example diabetes, AJDS or skin leasons.
  • Impetigo is a skin infection, caused by Staphylococcus or Streptococcus, leading to the formation of small pus-filled blisters (pustules).
  • Folhculitis is an inflammation of the hair follicles caused by infection with Staphylococcus. The infection damages the hairs, which can be easily pulled out.
  • Boils are large, tender, swollen, raised areas caused by staphylococcal infection around hair follicles.
  • Carbuncles are clusters of boils that result in extensive sloughing of skin and scar formation. Carbuncles develop and heal more slowly than single boils and may lead to fever and fatigue.
  • Erysipelas is a skin infection caused by Streptococcus. A shiny, red, slightly swollen, tender rash develops, often with small blisters. Lymph nodes around the infected area may become enlarged and painful.
  • Cellulitis is a spreading infection in, and sometimes beneath, the deep layers of the skin. Cellulitis most often results from a streptococcal infection or a staphylococcal infection. However, many other bacteria can also cause cellulitis.
  • Paronychia is an infection around the edge of a fingernail or toenail. Paronychia can be caused by many different bacteria, including Pseudomonas and Proteus, and by fungi, such as Candida.
  • Staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome is a widespread skin infection that can lead to toxic shock syndrome, in which the skin peels off as though burned. Certain types of staphylococci produce a toxic substance that causes the top layer of skin (epidermis) to split from the rest ofthe skin.
  • Erythrasma is an infection of the top layers of the skin by the bacterium Corynebacterium minutissimum.
  • Skin infections are often caused by fungi. Fungi that infect the skin (dermatophytes) live only in the dead, topmost layer (stratum corneum) and don't penetrate deeper. Some fungal infections cause no symptoms or produce only a small amount of irritation, scaling, and redness. Other fungal infections cause itching, swelling, blisters, and severe scaling.
  • Ringworm is a fungal skin infection caused by several different fungi and generally classified by its location on the body.
  • foot ringworm caused by either Trichophyton or Epidermophyton
  • jock itch can be caused by a variety of fungi and yeasts
  • scalp ringworm caused by Trichophyton or M icrosporum
  • nail ringworm and body ringworm (caused by Trichophyton).
  • Candida infection is an infection by the yeast Candida.
  • Candida usually infects the skin and mucous membranes, such as the lining of the mouth and vagina. Rarely, it invades deeper tissues as well as the blood, causing life- threatening systemic candidiasis.
  • the following types of Candida infections can be distinguished: I nfections i n s kinfolds ( intertriginous i nfections), v aginal and penile
  • Candida infections vulvovaginitis
  • thrush thrush
  • Perleche candidal paronychia
  • candidal paronychia candida growing in the nail beds, produces painful swelling and pus.
  • Tinea versicolor is a fungal infection that causes white to light brown patches on the skin.
  • the skin can also be affected by parasites, mainly tiny insects or worms.
  • Scabies is a mite infestation that produces tiny reddish pimples and severe itching. Scabies is caused by the itch mite Sarcoptes scabiei.
  • Lice infestation causes intense itching and can affect almost any area of the skin. Head lice and pubic lice are two different species.
  • Creeping eruption (cutaneous larva migrans) is a hookworm infection transmitted from warm, moist soil to exposed skin. The infection is caused by a hookworm that normally inhabits dogs and cats.
  • viruses invade the skin.
  • W arts are c aused b y the papillomavirus, and cold sores are caused by the herpes simplex virus.
  • Another important group of viruses that infect the skin belongs to the poxvirus family. Chickenpox remains a common childhood infection.
  • a poxvirus also causes molluscum contagiosum, which is an infection ofthe skin by a poxvirus that causes skin-colored, smooth, waxy bumps.
  • UVB ultraviolet B
  • Pigment Disorders Some skin disorders are characterized as Pigment Disorders.
  • Albinism is a rare, inherited disorder in which no melanin is formed.
  • Vitiligo is a condition in which a loss of melanocytes results in smooth, whitish patches of skin, which may occur after unusual physical trauma and tends to occur with certain other diseases, including Addison's disease, diabetes, pernicious anemia, and thyroid disease.
  • Tinea versicolor is a fungal infection of the skin that sometimes results in hyperpigmentation.
  • Melasma appears on the face (usually the forehead, cheeks, temples, and jaws) as a roughly symmetric group of dark brown patches of pigmentation that are often clearly delineated.
  • Skin growths which are abnormal accumulations of different types of cells, may be present at birth or develop later.
  • Noncancerous (benign) growth and cancerous (malignant) growth types are distinguished.
  • Moles are small, usually dark, skin growths that develop from pigment- producing cells in the skin (melanocytes). Most moles are harmless. However, noncancerous moles can develop into malignant melanoma.
  • Skin tags are soft, small, flesh-colored or slightly darker skin flaps that appear mostly on the neck, in the armpits, or in the groin. Lipomas are soft deposits of fatty material that grow under the skin, causing round or oval lumps.
  • Angiomas are collections of abnormally dense blood or lymph vessels that are usually located in and below the skin and that cause red or purple discolorations.
  • angiomas examples include port-wine stains, strawberry marks, cavernous hemangiomas, spider angiomas, and lymphangiomas.
  • Pyo genie granulomas are scarlet, brown, or blue-black slightly raised areas caused by increased growth of capillaries (the smallest blood vessels) and swelling of the surrounding tissue.
  • Seborrheic keratoses (sometimes called seborrheic warts) are flesh-colored, brown, or black growths that can appear anywhere on the skin.
  • Dermatofibromas are small, red-to-brown bumps (nodules) that result from an accumulation of fibroblasts, the cells that populate the soft tissue under the skin.
  • Keratoacanthomas are round, firm, usually flesh-colored growths that have an unusual central crater containing a pasty material.
  • Keloids are smooth, shiny, slightly pink, often dome-shaped, proliferative growths of fibrous tissue that form over areas of injury or over surgical wounds.
  • Skin cancer is the most common form of cancer, but most types of skin cancers are curable.
  • Basal cell carcinoma is a cancer that originates in the lowest layer ofthe epidermis.
  • Squamous cell carcinoma is cancer that originates in the middle layer of the epidermis.
  • Bowen's disease is a form of squamous cell carcinoma that's confined to the epidermis and hasn't yet invaded the underlying dermis.
  • Melanoma is a cancer that originates in the pigment-producing cells of the skin (melanocytes).
  • Kaposi's sarcoma is a cancer that originates in the blood vessels, usually of the skin.
  • Paget's disease i s a r are t ype o f s kin c ancer t hat 1 ooks 1 ike an i nflamed, r eddened patch of skin (dermatitis); it originates in glands in or under the skin.
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following dermatological tissues: skin.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of dermatological diseases. Additionally the activity ofthe human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat those diseases.
  • Cancer disorders within the scope of this definition comprise any disease of an organ or tissue in mammals characterized by poorly controlled or uncontrolled multiplication of normal or abnormal cells in that tissue and its effect on the body as a whole.
  • Cancer diseases within the scope of the definition comprise benign neoplasms, dysplasias, hyperplasias as well as neoplasms showing metastatic growth or any other transformations like e.g. leukoplakias which often precede a breakout of cancer.
  • C ells and tissues are c ancerous when they grow more rapidly than normal cells, displacing or spreading into the surrounding healthy tissue or any other tissues ofthe body described as metastatic growth, assume abnormal shapes and sizes, show changes in their nucleocytoplasmatic ratio, nuclear polychromasia, and finally may cease.
  • Cancerous cells and tissues may affect the body as a whole when causing paraneoplastic syndromes or if cancer occurs within a vital organ or tissue, normal function will be impaired or halted, with possible fatal results.
  • the ultimate involvement of a vital organ by cancer, either primary or metastatic, may lead to the death of the mammal affected. Cancer tends to spread, and the extent of its spread is usually related to an individual's chances of surviving the disease.
  • Cancers are generally said to be in one of three stages of growth: early, or localized, when a tumor is still confined to the tissue of origin, or primary site; direct extension, where cancer cells from the tumour have invaded adjacent tissue or have spread only to regional lymph nodes; or metastasis, in which cancer cells have migrated to distant parts of the body from the primary site, via the blood or lymph systems, and have established secondary sites of infection.
  • Cancer is said to be malignant because of its tendency to cause death if not treated. Benign tumors usually do not c ause death, although they may if they interfere with a normal body function by virtue of their location, size, or paraneoplastic side effects. Hence benign tumors fall under the definition of cancer within the scope of this definition as well.
  • cancer cells divide at a higher rate than do normal cells, but the distinction between the growth of cancerous and normal tissues is not so much the rapidity of cell division in the former as it is the partial or complete loss of growth restraint in cancer cells and their failure to differentiate into a useful, limited tissue of the type that characterizes the functional equilibrium of growth of normal tissue.
  • Cancer tissues may express certain molecular receptors and probably are influenced by the host's susceptibility and immunity and it is known that certain cancers ofthe breast and prostate, for example, are considered dependent on specific hormones for their existence.
  • cancer under the scope of the definition is not limited to simple benign neoplasia but comprises any other benign and malign neoplasia like 1) Carcinoma, 2) Sarcoma, 3) Carcinosarcoma, 4) Cancers of the blood-forming tissues, 5) tumors of nerve tissues including the brain, 6) cancer of skin cells.
  • Cancer according to 1) occurs in epithelial tissues, which cover the outer body (the skin) and line mucous membranes and the inner cavitary structures of organs e.g. such as the breast, lung, the respiratory and gastrointestinal tracts, the endocrine glands, and the genitourinary system.
  • Ductal or glandular elements may persist in epithelial tumors, as in adenocarcinomas like e.g. thyroid adenocarcinoma, gastric adenocarcinoma, uterine adenocarcinoma.
  • C ancers of the pavement-cell epithelium of the skin and of certain mucous membranes, such as e .g. c ancers o f the tongue, lip, larynx, urinary bladder, uterine cervix, or penis, may be termed epidermoid or squamous-cell carcinomas of the respective tissues and are in the scope of the definition of cancer as well.
  • Cancer according to 2) develops in connective tissues, including fibrous tissues, adipose (fat) tissues, muscle, blood vessels, bone, and cartilage like e.g. osteogenic sarcoma; liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, synovial sarcoma.
  • Cancer according to 3) is cancer that develops in both epithelial and connective tissue.
  • Cancer disease within the scope of this definition may be primary or secondary, whereby primary indicates that the cancer originated in the tissue where it is found rather than was established as a secondary site through metastasis from another lesion.
  • Cancers and tumor diseases within the scope of this definition may be benign or malign and may affect all anatomical structures of the body of a mammal.
  • the bone marrow and bone marrow derived cells comprise cancers and tumor diseases of I) the bone marrow and bone marrow derived cells (leukemias), ⁇ ) the endocrine and exocrine glands like e.g. thyroid, parathyroid, pituitary, adrenal glands, salivary glands, pancreas IH) the breast, like e.g.
  • malignant osteogenic sarcoma benign osteoma, cartilage tumors; like malignant chondrosarcoma or benign chondroma; bone marrow tumors like malignant myeloma or b enign e osinophilic granuloma, as well as metastatic tumors from bone tissues at other locations of the body;
  • XIV) the lymphatic tissue like lymphomas and other tumors of lymphoid origin, XV) the skin, XNI) cancers and tumor diseases of all anatomical structures belonging to the respiration and respiratory systems
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following cancer tissues: thyroid tumor, breast tumor, prostate cancer.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue thyroid tumor and healthy tissue thyroid, between diseased tissue breast tumor and healthy tissue breast demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mR ⁇ A can be utilized to diagnose of cancer. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat cancer.
  • Inflammatory diseases comprise diseases triggered by cellular or non-cellular mediators of the immune system or tissues causing the inflammation of body tissues and subsequently producing an acute or chronic inflammatory condition.
  • inflammatory diseases are hypersensitivity reactions of type I - IN, for example but not limited to hypersensitivity diseases of the lung including asthma, atopic diseases, allergic rhinitis or conjunctivitis, angioedema of the lids, hereditary angioedema, antireceptor hypersensitivity reactions and autoimmune diseases,
  • Hashimoto's thyroiditis systemic lupus erythematosus, Goodpasture's syndrome, pemphigus, myasthenia gravis, Grave's and Raynaud's disease, type B insulin- resistant diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, scleroderma, mixed connective tissue disease, polymyositis, sarcoidosis, glomerulonephritis, acute or chronic host versus graft reactions.
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the immune system and tissues responsive to components of the immune system as well as in the following tissues responsive to mediators of inflammation: pancreas liver cirrhosis, ileum chronic inflammation, liver liver cirrhosis.
  • pancreas liver cirrhosis pancreas liver cirrhosis
  • ileum chronic inflammation liver liver cirrhosis.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue pancreas liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue pancreas, between diseased tissue ileum chronic inflammation and healthy tissue ileum, between diseased tissue liver liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue liver demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of inflammatory diseases. Additionally the activity ofthe human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat inflammatory diseases.
  • Asthma is thought to arise as a result of interactions between multiple genetic and environmental factors and is characterized by three major features: 1) intermittent and reversible airway obstruction caused by bronchoconstriction, increased mucus production, and thickening ofthe walls ofthe airways that leads to a narrowing ofthe airways, 2) airway hyperresponsiveness, and 3) airway inflammation.
  • Certain cells are critical to the inflammatory reaction of asthma and they include T cells and antigen presenting cells, B cells that produce IgE, and mast cells, basophils, eosinophils, and other cells that bind IgE. These effector cells accumulate at the site of allergic reaction in the airways and release toxic products that contribute to the acute pathology and eventually to tissue destruction related to the disorder.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary (or airways) disease
  • Emphysema is characterised by destruction of alveolar walls leading to abnormal enlargement of the air spaces of the lung.
  • Chronic bronchitis is defined clinically as the presence of chronic productive cough for three months in each of two successive years.
  • airflow obstruction is usuallyprogressive and is only partially reversible.
  • the most important risk factor for development of COPD is cigarette smoking, although the disease does also occur in non-smokers.
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the respiratory system: fetal lung, lung, trachea, primary bronchia, bronchial epithelial cells, small airway epithelial cells.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of respiratory diseases.
  • the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat those diseases.
  • Genitourinary disorders comprise benign and malign disorders of the organs constituting the genitourinary system of female and male, renal diseases like acute or chronic renal failure, immunologically mediated renal diseases like renal transplant rejection, lupus nephritis, immune complex renal diseases, glomerulopathies, nephritis, toxic nephropathy, obstructive uropathies like benign prostatic hyperplasia
  • BPH neurogenic bladder syndrome
  • urinary incontinence like urge-, stress-, or overflow incontinence, pelvic pain, and erectile dysfunction.
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following urological tissues: prostate, fetal kidney, kidney.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of urological disorders. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat urological disorders.
  • Metabolic diseases are defined as conditions which result from an abnormality in any ofthe chemical or biochemical transformations and their regulating systems essential to p roducing e nergy, to r egenerating c ellular c onstituents, to e liminating unneeded products arising from these processes, and to regulate and maintain homeostasis in a mammal regardless of whether acquired or the result of a genetic transformation.
  • a single defective transformation or disturbance of its regulation may produce consequences that are narrow, involving a single body function, or broad, affecting many organs, organ-systems or the body as a whole.
  • Diseases resulting from abnormalities related to the fine and coarse mechanisms that affect each individual transformation, its rate and direction or the availability of substrates like amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, minerals, cofactors, hormones, regardless whether they are inborn or acquired, are well within the scope ofthe definition of a metabolic disease according to this application.
  • Metabolic diseases often are caused by single defects in particular biochemical pathways, defects that are due to the deficient activity of individual enzymes or molecular receptors leading to the regulation of such enzymes. Hence in a broader sense disturbances of the underlying genes, their products and their regulation lie well within the scope of this definition of a metabolic disease.
  • metabolic diseases may affect 1) biochemical processes and tissues ubiquitous all over the body, 2) the bone, 3) the nervous system, 4) the endocrine system, 5) the muscle including the heart, 6) the skin and nervous tissue, 7) the urogenital system, 8) the homeostasis of body systems like water and electrolytes.
  • metabolic diseases according to 1) comprise obesity, amyloidosis, disturbances ofthe amino acid metabolism like branched chain disease, hyperaminoacidemia, hyperaminoaciduria, disturbances of the metabolism of urea, hyperammonemia, mucopolysaccharidoses e.g.
  • Maroteaux-Lamy syndrom storage diseases like glycogen storage diseases and lipid storage diseases, glycogenosis diseases like Cori's disease, malabsorption diseases like intestinal carbohydrate malabsorption, oligosaccharidase deficiency like maltase-, lactase-, sucrase- insufficiency, disorders ofthe metabolism of fructose, disorders ofthe metabolism of galactose, galactosaemia, disturbances of carbohydrate utilization like diabetes, hypoglycemia, disturbances of pyruvate metabolism, hypolipidemia, hypolipoproteinemia, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, carnitine or carnitine acyltransferase deficiency, disturbances of the porphyrin metabolism, porphyrias, disturbances of the purine metabolism, lysosomal diseases, metabolic diseases of nerves and nervous systems like gangliosidoses, sphingolipidoses, sulfatidoses, leucodystrophies
  • metabolic diseases according to 2) comprise osteoporosis, osteomalacia like osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteogenesis imperfecta, osteopefrosis, osteonecrosis, Paget's disease of bone, hypophosphatemia.
  • metabolic diseases according to 3) comprise cerebellar dysfunction, disturbances of brain metabolism like dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's chorea, Parkinson's disease, Pick's disease, toxic encephalopathy, demyelinating neuropathies like inflammatory neuropathy, Guillain-Barre syndrome.
  • metabolic diseases comprise primary and secondary metabolic disorders associated with hormonal defects like any disorder stemming from either an hyperfunction or hypofunction of some hormone-secreting endocrine gland and any combination thereof. They comprise Sipple's syndrome, pituitary gland dysfunction and its effects on other endocrine glands, such as the thyroid, adrenals, ovaries, and testes, acromegaly, hyper- and hypothyroidism, euthyroid goiter, euthyroid sick syndrome, thyroiditis, and thyroid cancer, over- or underproduction of the adrenal steroid hormones, adrenogenital syndrome, Cushing's syndrome, Addison's disease of the adrenal cortex, Addison's pernicious anemia, primary and secondary aldosteronism, diabetes insipidus, carcinoid syndrome, disturbances caused by the dysfunction of the parathyroid glands, pancreatic islet cell dysfunction, diabetes, disturbances ofthe endocrine system of the female like estrogen deficiency,
  • metabolic diseases comprise muscle weakness, myotonia, Duchenne's and other muscular dystrophies, dystrophia myotonica of Steinert, mitochondrial myopathies like disturbances of the catabolic metabolism in the muscle, carbohydrate and lipid storage myopathies, glycogenoses, myoglobinuria, malignant hyperthermia, polymyalgia rheumatica, dermatomyositis, primary myocardial disease, cardiomyopathy.
  • metabolic diseases according to 5 comprise muscle weakness, myotonia, Duchenne's and other muscular dystrophies, dystrophia myotonica of Steinert, mitochondrial myopathies like disturbances of the catabolic metabolism in the muscle, carbohydrate and lipid storage myopathies, glycogenoses, myoglobinuria, malignant hyperthermia, polymyalgia rheumatica, dermatomyositis, primary myocardial disease, cardiomyopathy.
  • t o, m etabolic diseases according to 6) comprise disorders of the ectoderm, neurofibromatosis, scleroderma and polyarteritis, Louis-Bar syndrome, von Hippel- Lindau disease, Sturge- Weber syndrome, tuberous sclerosis, amyloidosis, porphyria.
  • metabolic diseases according to 7) comprise sexual dysfunction of the male and female.
  • metabolic diseases according to 8) comprise confused states and seizures due to inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone from the pituitary gland, Liddle's syndrome, Bartter's syndrome, Fanconi's syndrome, renal electrolyte wasting, diabetes insipidus.
  • the human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following metabolic disease related tissues: pancreas, pancreas liver cirrhosis.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue pancreas liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue pancreas demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of metabolic diseases. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat metabolic diseases.
  • the present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods for cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
  • the regulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of PRSS8.
  • An agent that modulates activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally- occurring cognate ligand of the polypeptide, a peptide, a peptidomimetic, or any small molecule.
  • the agent stimulates one or more of the biological activities of PRSS8. Examples of such stimulatory agents include the active PRSS8 and nucleic acid molecules encoding a portion of PRSS8.
  • the a gent i nhibits one or more of the biological activities of PRSS8. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense nucleic acid molecules and antibodies.
  • the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by unwanted expression or activity of PRSS8 or a protein in the PRSS8 signaling p athway.
  • the method involves administering an agent like any agent identified or being identifiable by a screening assay as described herein, or combination of such agents that modulate say upregulate or downregulate the expression or activity of PRSS8 or of any protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway.
  • the method involves administering a regulator of PRSS8 as therapy to compensate for reduced or undesirably low expression or activity of PRSS8 or a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway.
  • Stimulation of activity or expression of PRSS8 is desirable in situations in which enzymatic activity or expression is abnormally low and in which increased activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
  • inhibition of enzymatic activity or expression of PRSS8 is desirable in situations in which activity or expression of PRSS8 i s abnormally high and in which decreasing its a ctivity i s 1 ikely t o h ave a beneficial effect.
  • This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
  • compositions suitable for administration typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a regulator of PRSS8 expression or activity (and/or a regulator of the activity or expression of a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway) as well as methods for preparing such compositions by combining one or more such regulators and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Also within the invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a regulator identified using the screening assays of the invention packaged with instructions for use. For regulators that are antagonists of PRSS8 activity or which reduce PRSS8 expression, the instructions would specify use ofthe pharmaceutical composition for treatment of hematological and cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, COPD, asthma, genito-urological disorders and inflammation diseases.
  • the instructions would specify use of the pharmaceutical composition for treatment of hematological and cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, COPD, asthma, genito-urological disorders and inflammation diseases.
  • An inhibitor of PRSS8 may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art. I n particular, purified PRSS8 may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind PRSS8. Antibodies to PRSS8 may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. Neutralizing antibodies like those which inhibit dimer formation are especially preferred for therapeutic use.
  • the polynucleotides encoding PRSS8, or any fragment or complement thereof may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • the complement of the polynucleotide encoding PRSS8 may be used in situations in which it would be desirable to block the transcription ofthe mRNA.
  • cells may be transformed with sequences complementary to polynucleotides encoding PRSS8.
  • complementary molecules or fragments may be used to modulate PRSS8 activity, or to achieve regulation of gene function.
  • sense or antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding PRSS8.
  • Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct vectors which will express nucleic acid s equence c omplementary t o t he p olynucleotides o f t he g ene e ncoding PRSS8. These techniques are described, for example, in [Scott and Smith (1990)]. Any o f the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as dogs, c ats, c ows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a pharmaceutical composition containing PRSS8 in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for any ofthe therapeutic effects discussed above.
  • Such pharmaceutical compositions may consist of PRSS8, antibodies to PRSS8, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of PRSS8.
  • the compositions may be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as a stabilizing compound, which may be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water.
  • the compositions may be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drugs or hormones.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspen- sions u sed for p arenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylene- diaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents
  • antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EMTM (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, a pharmaceutically acceptable polyol like glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyetheylene glycol, and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (e.g., a polypeptide or antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder ofthe active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier.
  • compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed.
  • compositions can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain a ny o f t he following i ngredients, or e ompounds o f a s imilar n ature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primo
  • the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from a pressurized container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. 4,522,811.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the p articular therapeutic effect to b e achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active c ompound for the treatment o f individuals.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • instructions for administration will specify use of the composition for hematological and cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, COPD, asthma, genito-urological disorders and inflammation diseases.
  • compositions which include an agonist of PRSS8 activity, a compound which increases expression of PRSS8, or a compound which increases expression or activity of a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway or any combination thereof
  • the instructions for administration will specify use of the composition for cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
  • antibodies which specifically bind PRSS8 may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by the expression of PRSS8, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with PRSS8 or agonists, antagonists, and inhibitors of PRSS8.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as those described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for PRSS8 include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect PRSS8 in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent joining with a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • a variety of protocols for measuring PRSS8, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of PRSS8 expression.
  • Normal or standard values for PRSS8 expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, preferably human, with antibody to PRSS8 under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantified by various methods, preferably by photometric means. Quantities of PRSS8 expressed in subject samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • the polynucleotides encoding PRSS8 may be used for diagnostic purposes.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantitate gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of PRSS8 may be correlated with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay may be used to distinguish between absence, presence, and excess expression of PRSS8, and to monitor regulation of PRSS8 levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be used for the diagnosis of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders associated with expression of PRSS8.
  • the polynucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be used in Southern, Northern, or dot-blot analysis, or other membrane- based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and ELISA assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patient biopsies to detect altered PRSS8 expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be labelled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantitated and compared with a standard value.
  • nucleotide sequences have hybridized with nucleotide sequences in the sample, and the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS 8 in the s ample indicates the presence o f the associated disorder.
  • assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or in monitoring the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding PRSS 8, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained from normal samples may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient which increases or decreases PRSS 8 activity relative to PRSS 8 activity which occurs in the absence of the therapeutically effective dose.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. The animal model also can be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. S uch information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity e.g., ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50%) of the population) and LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population), can be determined b y standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, LD 5 o/ED o.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is used in formulating a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration. The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels ofthe active ingredient or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which can be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions can be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on the half-life and clearance rate ofthe particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts can vary from 0.1 micrograms to 100,000 micrograms, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
  • polynucleotides encoding the antibody can be constructed and introduced into a cell either ex vivo or in vivo using well-established techniques including, but not limited to, transferrin-polycation- mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome-mediated cellular fusion, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, "gene gun", and DEAE- or calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • the reagent is preferably an antisense oligonucleotide or a ribozyme.
  • Polynucleotides which express antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes can be introduced into cells by a variety of methods, as described above.
  • a reagent reduces expression o f PRSS 8 gene or the activity of
  • PRSS8 by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative t o t he a bsence o f t he r eagent.
  • T he e ffectiveness o f t he m echanism chosen to decrease the level of expression of PRSS8 gene or the activity of PRSS8 can be assessed using methods well known in the art, such as hybridization of nucleotide probes to PRSS 8 -specific mRNA, quantitative RT-PCR, immunologic detection of PRSS8, or measurement of PRSS8 activity.
  • any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents can act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • Any of the therapeutic methods described above can be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
  • Nucleic acid molecules of the invention are those nucleic acid molecules which are contained in a group of nucleic acid molecules consisting of (i) nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, (ii) nucleic acid molecules comprising the sequence of SEQ LD NO: 1, (iii) nucleic acid molecules having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, (iv)nucleic acid molecules the complementary strand of which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of (i), (ii), or (iii); and (v) nucleic acid molecules the sequence of which differs from the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of (iii) due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, wherein the polypeptide encoded by said nucleic acid molecule has PRSS 8 activity.
  • Polypeptides of the invention are those polypeptides which are contained in a group of polypeptides consisting of (i) polypeptides having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, (ii) polypeptides comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, (iii) polypeptides encoded by nucleic acid molecules ofthe invention and (iv) polypeptides which show at least 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, or 80% homology with a polypeptide of (i), (ii), or (iii), wherein said purified polypeptide has PRSS8 activity.
  • An object of the invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) contacting a test compound with a PRSS8 polypeptide, (ii) detect binding o f s aid t est c ompound t o s aid P RSS8 p olypeptide.
  • compounds that bind to the PRSS8 polypeptide are identified potential therapeutic agents for such a disease.
  • Another object ofthe invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) determining the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide at a certain concentration of a test compound or in the absence of said test compound, (ii) determining the activity of said polypeptide at a different concentration of said test compound.
  • compounds that lead to a difference in the activity of the PRSS8 polypeptide in (i) and (ii) are identified potential therapeutic agents for such a disease.
  • Another object ofthe invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) determining the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide at a certain concentration of a test compound, (ii) determining the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide at the presence of a compound known to be a regulator of a
  • PRSS8 polypeptide E.g., compounds that show similar effects on the activity ofthe PRSS8 polypeptide in (i) as compared to compounds used in (ii) are identified potential therapeutic agents for such a disease.
  • test compound displaces a ligand which is first bound to the polypeptide.
  • Another object ofthe invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) contacting a test compound with a PRSS8 polynucleotide, (ii) detect binding of said test compound to said PRSS8 polynucleotide.
  • Compounds that, e.g., bind to the PRSS8 polynucleotide are potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of such diseases.
  • Another object of the invention is the method of the above, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is RNA.
  • Another object ofthe invention is a method ofthe above, wherein the contacting step is in or at the surface of a cell.
  • Another object ofthe invention is a method ofthe above, wherein the contacting step is in a cell-free system.
  • Another object ofthe invention is a method ofthe above, wherein the polynucleotide is coupled to a detectable label.
  • Another object of the invention is a method of the above, wherein the test compound is coupled to a detectable label.
  • Another object of the invention is a method of diagnosing a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) determining the amount of a PRSS8 polynucleotide in a sample taken from said mammal, (ii) determining the amount of PRSS8 polynucleotide in healthy and/or diseased mammal.
  • a disease is diagnosed, e.g., if there is a substantial similarity in the amount of PRSS8 polynucleotide in said test mammal as compared to a diseased mammal.
  • Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which binds to a PRSS 8 polypeptide.
  • Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide.
  • Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide, wherein said therapeutic agent is (i) a small molecule, (ii) an RNA molecule, (iii) an antisense oligonucleotide, (iv) a polypeptide, (v) an antibody, or (vi) a ribozyme.
  • a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide
  • said therapeutic agent is (i) a small molecule, (ii) an RNA molecule, (iii) an antisense oligonucleotide, (iv) a polypeptide, (v) an antibody, or (vi) a ribozy
  • Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS8 polynucleotide.
  • Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS 8 polypeptide.
  • Another object of the invention is the use of regulators of a PRSS 8 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal.
  • Another object of the invention is a method for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition useful for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) identifying a regulator of PRSS8, (ii) determining whether said regulator ameliorates the symptoms of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal; and (iii) combining of said regulator with an acceptable pharmaceutical carrier.
  • Another object of the invention is the use of a regulator of PRSS 8 for the regulation of PRSS8 activity in a mammal having a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
  • the degree of homology can readily be calculated by known methods. Preferred methods to determine homology are designed to give the largest match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine homology are codified in publicly available computer programs such as BestFit, BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA. The BLAST programs are publicly available from NCBI and other sources in the internet.
  • NCBI non-redundant database
  • DERWENT patent database Geneseq
  • RNA from each cell or tissue source was first reverse transcribed. 85 ⁇ g of total RNA was reverse transcribed using 1 ⁇ mole random hexamer primers, 0.5 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany), 3000 U RnaseQut (Invitrogen, Groningen, Netherlands) in a final volume of 680 ⁇ l.
  • the first strand synthesis buffer and Omniscript reverse transcriptase (2 u/ ⁇ l) were from (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany). The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 90 minutes and cooled on ice. The volume was adjusted to 6800 ⁇ l with water, yielding a final concentration of 12.5 ng/ ⁇ l of starting RNA.
  • PRSS8 For relative quantitation of the distribution of PRSS8 mRNA in cells and tissues the Perkin Elmer ABI Prism RTM. 7700 Sequence Detection system or Biorad iCycler was used according to the manufacturer's specifications and protocols. PCR reactions were set up to quantitate PRSS8 and the housekeeping genes HPRT (hypoxanthine phosphoribosyltransferase), GAPDH (glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase), ⁇ -actin, and others. Forward and reverse primers and probes for PRSS8 were designed using the Perkin Elmer ABI Primer ExpressTM software and were synthesized by TibMolBiol (Berlin, Germany). The PRSS 8 forward primer sequence was: Primerl (SEQ LD NO: 3). The PRSS8 reverse primer sequence was Primer2 (SEQ JJD NO: 4). Probel (SEQ ID NO: 5), labelled with FAM
  • PRSS8 (carboxyfluorescein succinimidyl ester) as the reporter dye and TAMRA (carboxytetramethylrhodamine) as the quencher, is used as a probe for PRSS8.
  • the following reagents were prepared in a total of 25 ⁇ l : lx TaqMan buffer A, 5.5 mM MgCl 2 , 200 nM of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dUTP, 0.025 U/ ⁇ l AmpliTaq GoldTM, 0.01 U/ ⁇ l AmpErase and Probel (SEQ ID NO: 4), PRSS8 forward and reverse primers each at 200 nM, 200 nM PRSS8 FAM/TAMRA-labelled probe, and 5 ⁇ l of template cDNA. Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min.
  • the CT (threshold cycle) value is calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section.
  • the CF-value (factor for threshold cycle correction) is calculated as follows :
  • PCR reactions were set up to quantitate the housekeeping genes (HKG) for each cDNA sample.
  • CT ⁇ G -values were calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section.
  • CTm G - n -mean value (CT ⁇ G i-value + CT ⁇ G2 -value +... + CT HKG - n -value) / n
  • CTpa n nei mean value (CT mean value of all HKG in all tested cDNAs)
  • CT C DNA-n CT value ofthe tested gene for the cDNA n
  • CF cDNA-n correction factor for cDNA n
  • CT CO r-cDNA-n corrected CT value for a gene on cDNA n
  • PRSS8 The expression of PRSS8 was investigated in the tissues in table 1.
  • Table 1 Relative expression ofPRSS8 in various human tissues.
  • Purkinje fibers 1 interventricular septum 8 fetal aorta 3 aorta 5 aorta sclerotic 241 artery 4 coronary artery 1 coronary artery sclerotic 3 pulmonary artery 1 carotid artery 1 mesenteric artery 7 vein 8 pulmonic valve 136 coronary artery smooth muscle primary cells 145 aortic smooth muscle cells 4 pulmonary artery smooth. muscle cells 1 aortic endothel cells 80 coronary artery endothel cells 274
  • HEP G2 cells 119 leukocytes (peripheral blood) 109
  • MDA MB 231 cells (breast tumor) 2 mammary gland 7968 prostate 60305 prostate BPH 1031 prostate tumor 34 bladder 182 ureter 849 penis 1531 corpus cavernosum 55 fetal kidney 2610 kidney 6985 kidney tumor 86 renal epithelial cells 171 HEK 293 cells 7
  • Example 3 Antisense Analysis
  • Oligonucleotides, cDNA or genomic fragments comprising the antisense strand of a polynucleotide coding for PRSS 8 are used either in vitro or in vivo to inhibit translation of the mRNA.
  • antisense molecules can be designed at various locations along the nucleotide sequences.
  • the gene of interest is effectively turned off.
  • the function of the gene is ascertained by observing behavior at the intracellular, cellular, tissue or organismal level (e.g., lethality, loss of differentiated function, changes in morphology, etc.).
  • modifications of gene expression is obtained by designing antisense sequences to intron regions, promoter/enhancer elements, or even to transacting regulatory genes.
  • Expression of PRSS8 is accomplished by subcloning the cDNAs into appropriate expression vectors and transfecting the vectors into expression hosts such as, e.g., E. coli.
  • the vector is engineered such that it contains a promoter for ⁇ -galactosidase, upstream of the cloning site, followed by sequence containing the amino-terminal Methionine and the subsequent seven residues of ⁇ -galactosidase.
  • an engineered bacteriophage promoter useful for artificial priming and transcription and for providing a number of unique endonuclease restriction sites for cloning.
  • IPTG Isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thio- galactopyranoside
  • the cDNA is not in the proper reading frame, it is obtained by deletion or insertion ofthe appropriate number of bases using well known methods including in vitro mutagenesis, digestion with exonuclease in or mung bean nuclease, or the inclusion of an oligonucleotide linker of appropriate length.
  • the PRSS8 cDNA is shuttled into other vectors known to be useful for expression of proteins in specific hosts.
  • Oligonucleotide primers containing cloning sites as well as a segment of DNA (about 25 bases) sufficient to hybridize to stretches at both ends of the target cDNA is synthesized chemically by standard methods. These primers are then used to amplify the desired gene segment by PCR. The resulting gene segment is digested with appropriate restriction enzymes under standard conditions and isolated by gel electrophoresis. Alternately, similar gene segments are produced by digestion of the cDNA with appropriate restriction enzymes. Using appropriate primers, segments of coding sequence from more than one gene are ligated together and cloned in appropriate vectors. It is possible to optimize expression by construction of such chimeric sequences.
  • Suitable expression hosts for such chimeric molecules include, but are not limited to, mammalian cells such as Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) and human 293 cells., insect cells such as Sf9 cells, yeast cells such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae and bacterial cells such as E. coli.
  • a useful expression vector also includes an origin of replication to allow propagation in bacteria, and a selectable marker such as the ⁇ -lactamase antibiotic resistance gene to allow plasmid selection in bacteria.
  • the vector may include a second selectable marker such as the neomycin phosphotransferase gene to allow selection in transfected - Ill -
  • Nectors for use in eukaryotic expression hosts require R ⁇ A processing elements such as 3' polyadenylation sequences if such are not part of the cD ⁇ A of interest.
  • the vector contains promoters or enhancers which increase gene expression.
  • promoters are host specific and include MMTN, SN40, and metallothionine promoters for CHO cells; trp, lac, tac and T7 promoters for bacterial hosts; and alpha factor, alcohol oxidase and PGH promoters for yeast.
  • Transcription enhancers such as the rous sarcoma virus enhancer, are used in mammalian host cells. Once homogeneous cultures of recombinant cells are obtained through standard culture methods, large quantities of recombinantly produced PRSS 8 are recovered from the conditioned medium and analyzed using chromatographic methods known in the art.
  • PRSS8 can be cloned into the expression vector pcD ⁇ A3, as exemplified herein.
  • This product can be used to transform, for example, HEK293 or COS by methodology standard in the art. Specifically, for example, u sing L ipofectamine ( Gibco B RL c atolog n o. 1 8324-020) m ediated gene transfer.
  • PRSS8 is expressed as a chimeric protein with one or more additional polypeptide domains added to facilitate protein purification.
  • additional polypeptide domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine- tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals [Appa Rao, 1997] and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system
  • cleavable linker sequence such as Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, Groningen, The Netherlands) between the purification domain and the PRSS8 sequence is useful to facilitate expression of PRSS8.
  • PRSS8 is generated using the baculovirus expression system BAC-TO-BAC (GIBCO BRL) based on Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPN) infection of Spodoptera frugiperda insect cells (Sf9 cells).
  • BAC-TO-BAC baculovirus expression system
  • AcNPN Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the recombinant plasmid is transformed into DHIOBAC competent cells which contain the parent bacmid bMO ⁇ 14272 (AcNPV infectious DNA) and a helper plasmid.
  • the mini-Tn7 element on the pFASTBAC donor can transpose to the attTn7 attachment site on the bacmid thus introducing the protease gene into the viral genome. Colonies containing recombinant bacmids are identified by disruption of the lac gene.
  • protease/bacmid construct can then be isolated and infected into insect cells (Sf9 cells) resulting in the production of infectious recombinant baculovirus particles and expression of either unfused recombinant enzyme (pFastbacl) or PRSS8-His fusion protein (pFastbacHT).
  • pFastbacl unfused recombinant enzyme
  • pFastbacHT PRSS8-His fusion protein
  • denatured protein from reverse phase HPLC separation is obtained in quantities up to 75 mg. This denatured protein is used to immunize mice or rabbits using standard protocols; about 100 ⁇ g are adequate for immunization of a mouse, while up to 1 mg might be used to immunize a rabbit.
  • the denatured protein is radioiodinated and used to screen potential murine B-cell hybridomas for those which produce antibody. This procedure requires only small quantities of protein, such that 20 mg is sufficient for labeling and screening of several thousand clones.
  • the amino acid sequence of an appropriate PRSS8 domain is analyzed to determine regions of high antigenicity.
  • Oligopeptides comprising appropriate hydrophilic regions are synthesized and used in suitable immunization protocols to raise antibodies.
  • the optimal amino acid sequences for immunization are usually at the C-terminus, the N- terminus and those intervening, hydrophilic regions of the polypeptide which are likely to be exposed to the external environment when the protein is in its natural conformation.
  • selected peptides typically, about 15 residues in length, are synthesized using an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer Model 431 A using fmoc-chemistry and coupled to keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH; Sigma, St. Louis, MO) by reaction with M-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, MBS. If necessary, a cysteine is introduced at the N-terminus of the peptide to permit coupling to KLH.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • Rabbits are immunized with the peptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • the resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide activity by binding the peptide to plastic, blocking with 1% bovine serum albumin, reacting with antisera, washing and reacting with labeled (radioactive or fluorescent), affinity purified, specific goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • Hybridomas are prepared and screened using standard techniques. Hybridomas of interest are detected by screening with labeled PRSS8 to identify those fusions producing the monoclonal antibody with the desired specificity.
  • wells of plates FAST; Becton-Dickinson, Palo Alto, CA
  • affinity purified, specific rabbit anti-mouse (or suitable antispecies 1 g) antibodies at 10 mg/ml.
  • the coated wells are blocked with 1% bovine serum albumin, (BSA), washed and incubated with supernatants from hybridomas. After washing the wells are incubated with labeled PRSS8 at 1 mg/ml.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • 10 s M “1 preferably 10 9 to 10 10 M “1 or stronger, are typically made by standard procedures.
  • PRSS 8 antibodies are useful for investigating signal transduction and the diagnosis of infectious or hereditary conditions which are characterized by differences i n t he a mount o r d istribution o fPRSS8 or d ownstream p roducts of an active signaling cascade.
  • Diagnostic tests for PRSS8 include methods utilizing antibody and a label to detect PRSS8 in human body fluids, membranes, cells, tissues or extracts of such.
  • the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention are used with or without modification. Frequently, the polypeptides and antibodies are labeled by joining them, either covalently or noncovalently, with a substance which provides for a detectable signal.
  • labels and conjugation techniques are known and have been reported extensively in both the scientific and patent literature. Suitable labels include radionuclides, enzymes, substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, fluorescent agents, chemiluminescent agents, chromogenic agents, magnetic particles and the like.
  • a variety of protocols for measuring soluble or membrane-bound PRSS8, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the protein, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmuno- assay (RIA) and fluorescent activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmuno- assay
  • FACS fluorescent activated cell sorting
  • a two-site monoclonal- based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on PRSS 8 is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed.
  • Native or recombinant PRSS8 is purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for PRSS 8.
  • an immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling the anti-TRH antibody to an activated chromatographic resin.
  • Polyclonal immunoglobulins are prepared from immune sera either by precipitation with ammonium sulfate or by purification on immobilized Protein A (Pharmacia).
  • monoclonal antibodies are prepared from mouse ascites fluid by ammonium sulfate precipitation or chromatography on immobilized Protein A. Partially purified immunoglobulin is covalently attached to a chromatographic resin such as CnBr-activated Sepharose (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology). The antibody is coupled to the resin, the resin is blocked, and the derivative resin is washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • a chromatographic resin such as CnBr-activated Sepharose (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology).
  • Such immunoaffinity columns are utilized in the purification of PRSS8 by preparing a fraction from cells containing PRSS8 in a soluble form. This preparation is derived by solubilization of whole cells or of a subcellular fraction obtained via differential centrifugation (with or without addition of detergent) or by other methods well known in the art. Alternatively, soluble PRSS 8 containing a signal sequence is secreted in useful quantity into the medium in which the cells are grown. A soluble PRSS8-containing preparation is passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of PRSS8 (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). Then, the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/protein binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2-3 or a high concentration of a chaofrope such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and
  • PRSS8 is collected.
  • This invention is particularly useful for screening therapeutic compounds by using
  • PRSS8 or fragments thereof in any of a variety of drug screening techniques are included in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the following example provides a system for drug screening measuring the protease activity.
  • the recombinant protease-His fusion protein can be purified from the crude lysate by metal-affinity chromatography using Ni-NTA agarose. This allows the specific retention of the recombinant material (since this is fused to the His-tag) whilst the endogenous insect proteins are washed off. The recombinant material is then eluted by competition with imidazol.
  • PRSS8 molecules of the present invention can be measured using a variety of assays that measure PRSS8 activity.
  • PRSS8 enzyme activity can be assessed by a standard in vitro serine/metallo/... protease assay (see, for example, [U.S. 5,057,414]).
  • Proteolytic Enzymes Serine and Cysteine Peptidases (Academic Press Inc. 1994), and Barrett et al., (Eds.), Handbook of Proteolytic Enzymes (Academic Press Inc. 1998).
  • the goal of rational drug design is to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptides of interest or of small molecules with which they interact, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors. Any of these examples are used to fashion drugs which are more active or stable forms ofthe polypeptide or which enhance or interfere with the function of a polypeptide in vivo.
  • the three-dimensional structure of a protein of interest, or of a protein-inhibitor complex is determined by x-ray crystallography, by computer modeling or, most typically, by a combination ofthe two approaches. Both the shape and charges of the polypeptide must be ascertained to elucidate the structure and to determine active site(s) ofthe molecule. Less often, useful information regarding the structure of a polypeptide is gained by modeling based on the structure of homologous proteins. In both cases, relevant structural information is used to design efficient inhibitors. Useful examples of rational drug design include molecules which have improved activity or stability or which act as inhibitors, agonists, or antagonists of native peptides.
  • a target-specific antibody selected by functional assay, as described above, and then to solve its crystal structure.
  • This approach in principle, yields a pharmacore upon which subsequent drug design is based. It is possible to bypass protein crystallography altogether by generating anti-idiotypic antibodies (anti-ids) to a functional, pharmacologically active antibody. As a mirror image of a mirror image, the binding site of the anti-ids is expected to be an analog of the original receptor. The anti-id is then used to identify and isolate peptides from banks of chemically or biologically produced peptides. The isolated peptides then act as the pharmacore.
  • anti-ids anti-idiotypic antibodies
  • Labeled PRSS 8 is useful as a reagent for the purification of molecules with which it interacts.
  • PRSS8 is covalently coupled to a chromatography column.
  • Cell-free extract derived from synovial cells or putative target cells is passed over the column, and molecules with appropriate affinity bind to PRSS8.
  • PRSS8-complex is recovered from the column, and the PRSS8-binding ligand disassociated and subjected to N-terminal protein sequencing.
  • the amino acid sequence information is then used to identify the captured molecule or to design degenerate oligonucleotide probes for cloning the relevant gene from an appropriate cDNA library.
  • antibodies are raised against PRSS8, specifically monoclonal antibodies.
  • the monoclonal antibodies are screened to identify those which inhibit the binding of labeled PRSS8. These monoclonal antibodies are then used therapeutically.
  • Example 12 Use and Administration of Antibodies, Inhibitors, or Antagonists
  • LSTs Antibodies, inhibitors, or antagonists of PRSS8 or other treatments and compunds that are limiters of signal transduction (LSTs), provide different effects when administered therapeutically.
  • LSTs are formulated in a nontoxic, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous carrier medium preferably at a pH of about 5 to 8, more preferably 6 to 8, although pH may vary according to the characteristics of the antibody, inhibitor, or antagonist being formulated and the condition to be treated. Characteristics of LSTs include solubility of the molecule, its half-life and antigenicity/immunogenicity. These and other characteristics aid in defining an effective carrier. Native human proteins are preferred as LSTs, but organic or synthetic molecules resulting from drug screens are equally effective in particular situations.
  • LSTs are delivered by known routes of administration including but not limited to topical creams and gels; transmucosal spray and aerosol; transdermal patch and bandage; injectable, intravenous and lavage formulations; and orally administered liquids and p ills p articularly formulated t o r esist s to ach a cid a nd e nzymes .
  • T particular formulation, exact dosage, and route of administration is determined by the attending physician and varies according to each specific situation.
  • Such detenninations are made by considering multiple variables such as the condition to be treated, the LST to be administered, and the pharmacokinetic profile of a particular LST. Additional factors which are taken into account include severity ofthe disease state, patient's age, weight, gender and diet, time and frequency of LST administration, possible combination with other drugs, reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long acting LST formulations might be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on half-life and clearance rate ofthe particular LST.
  • Normal dosage amounts vary from 0.1 to 10 5 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods o f delivery is provided in the literature; see U.S. P at. Nos. 4,657,760; 5,206,344; or 5,225,212.
  • Those skilled in the art employ different formulations for different LSTs.
  • Administration to cells such as nerve cells necessitates delivery in a manner different from that to other cells such as vascular endothelial cells. It is contemplated that abnormal signal transduction, trauma, or diseases which trigger PRSS 8 activity are treatable with LSTs.
  • Animal model systems which elucidate the physiological and behavioral roles of the PRSS 8 are produced by creating nonhuman transgenic animals in which the activity of the PRSS 8 is either increased or decreased, or the amino acid sequence of the expressed PRSS8 is altered, by a variety of techniques.
  • these techniques include, but are not limited to: 1) Insertion of normal or mutant versions of DNA encoding a PRSS8, by microinjection, electroporation, retroviral transfection or other means well known to those skilled in the art, into appropriately fertilized embryos in order to produce a transgenic animal or 2) homologous recombination of mutant or normal, human or animal versions of these genes with the native gene locus in transgenic animals to alter the regulation of expression or the structure of these PRSS8 sequences.
  • homologous recombination is well known in the art. It replaces the native gene with the inserted gene and hence is useful for producing an animal that cannot express native PRSS8s but does express, for example, an inserted mutant PRSS8, which has replaced the native PRSS8 in the animal's genome by recombination, resulting in underexpression of the transporter.
  • Microinjection adds genes to the genome, but does not remove them, and the technique is useful for producing an animal which expresses its own and added PRSS8, resulting in overexpression ofthe PRSS8.
  • One means available for producing a transgenic animal is as follows: Female mice are mated, and the resulting fertilized eggs are dissected out of their oviducts. The eggs are stored in an appropriate medium such as cesiumchloride M2 medium. DNA or cDNA encoding PRSS8 is purified from a vector by methods well known to the one skilled in the art. Inducible promoters may be fused with the coding region of the DNA to provide an experimental means to regulate expression of the transgene. Alternatively or in addition, tissue specific regulatory elements may be fused with the coding region to permit t issue-specific expression of the transgene.
  • microinjection needle which may be made from capillary tubing using a piper puller
  • the egg to be injected is put in a depression slide.
  • the needle is inserted into the pronucleus ofthe egg, and the DNA solution is injected.
  • the injected egg is then transferred into the oviduct of a pseudopregnant mouse which is a mouse stimulated by the appropriate hormones in order to maintain false pregnancy, where it proceeds to the uterus, implants, and develops to term.
  • microinjection is not the only method for inserting DNA into the egg but is used here only for exemplary purposes.

Abstract

The invention provides a human PRSS8 which is associated with the cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders. The invention also provides assays for the identification of compounds useful in the treatment or prevention of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders. The invention also features compounds which bind to and/or activate or inhibit the activity of PRSS8 as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds.

Description

Diagnostics and Therapeutics for Diseases Associated with Serine Protease 8 (PRSS8)
Technical field of the invention
The present invention is in the field of molecular biology, more particularly, the present invention relates to nucleic acid sequences and amino acid sequences of a human PRSS8 and its regulation for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in mammals.
Background of the invention
Proteases play a role in carefully controlled processes, such as blood coagulation, fibrinolysis, complement activation, fertilization, and hormone production. These enzymes are also used in a variety of diagnostic, therapeutic, and industrial contexts. PRSS8 is a member of the group of protease enzymes [Yu et al. (1995), Yu et al. (1994), Donaldson et al. (2002), US 6,232,456, WO 200221133, WO 200271928].
Proteases were recognized very early in the history of biochemistry. In the nineteenth century, one primary focus of research was on digestive proteases, like pepsin and trypsin. Proteases belong systematically to the C-N Hydrolases. More specifically, proteases catalyze the hyprolytic cleavage of a peptide bond and are therefore called peptidases as well.
Proteases can be classified according to several criteria, e.g. by localisation. Digestive proteases are located in the gastro-intestinal tract. These proteases are responsible for the digestion of food proteins. Peptidases located extracellularly in the blood or other extracellular compartments of the body play often regulatory roles in processes like for example blood clotting, fibrinolysis, or activation of complement constituents.
Intracellularly 1 ocated p roteases e xhibit a w ide v ariety o f r oles. T hey a re found in compartiments like the ER, the Golgi apparatus, or the lysomes. Their functions include for example activation of peptide hormons, ubiquitin mediated proteolysis, among others.
Proteases are most commonly classified according to their mechanism of action, or to specific active groups that are present in the active center. The following groups can be distinguished:
1. Serin-peptidases, 2. cystein-peptidases, 3. aspartyl- or acidic-peptidases, 4. metallo-peptidases, or 5. peptidases with yet unclear reaction mechanism.
Serine peptidases
Serine p roteases e xhibit a s erine i n the c atalytic s ite hich forms a covalent ester intermediate during the catalytic reaction pathway by a nucleophilic attack on the carboxy carbon of the peptide bond. In the active site of serine proteases a catalytic triad comprised of an aspartate, a histidine and the above mentioned serine is found. This triad functions in the reaction mechanism as a charge relay system.
To t he 1 arge family o f s erine p rotease b elong, for e xample, t he digestive enzymes trypsin and chymotrypsin, components of the complement cascade, enzymes involved in the blood clotting cascade, as well as enzymes that function in degradation, rebuilding and maintenace of constituents ofthe extracellular matrix.
One feature of the serine protease family is the broad range of substrate specificity.
Members of the trypase subgroup cleave after arginine or lysine, chymases after phenylalanine or leucine, aspases after aspartate, metases after methionine and serases after serine.
Cysteine proteases
During the catalytic reaction of cysteine proteases a covalent thioester intermediate is formed by a nucleophilic attack of the cysteine on the caboxy carbon of the peptide bond. Similar to the serine peptidases a catalytic triad comprised of the cysteine, a histidine and an asparagine is found which functions as a charge relay system to facilitate the formation ofthe thioester intermediate.
Members of the Cysteine protease family have roles in many different cellular processes, e.g. processing of precursers or intracellular degradation. Examples for cysteine proteases include lysosomal cathepsines, and cytosolic calpains.
Aspartyl- or acidic peptidase
The catalytic site of aspartyl proteases is composed of two aspartate residues. At the pH optimum of aspartyl proteases (2-3) one ofthe aspartyl carboxy groups is ionized and the other is neutral, which is important for the catalytic reaction to occur.
Examples for aspartyl proteases are gastric pepsins A and C, chymosin, as well as mammalian renin.
Metallo-peptidases
Metallo-peptidases are proteases, whose proteolytic activity depends on the presence of divalent cations in the active center. Examples of members of this class are carboxypeptidase A, which represents a pancreatic digestive enzyme, the Angiotension Converting Enzymes (ACE), which are responsible for the conversion of angiotensin I to angiotensin π, or the Extracellular Matrix Metalloprotienases. In summary, a huge number of proteases play a central role in several important cellular and intracellular processes. Furthermore, the value as pharmaceutical targets has been proven for several proteases. For example, the protease encoded by the HIN genome is used as a target for drugs for the treatment of HIV infections, the proteasom complex h as b een d iscovered a s a n a nti-cancer t arget, o r C ys-proteases have been implemented as drug targets for inflammatory disorders. Selective inhibitors have been developed as therapeutic agents for diseases such as HIN. Thus, the identification of further disease implications of protease species and their splice variants may lead to the development of specific inhibitors or modulators, or suggest new utilities for known compounds affecting proteases. That in turn will provide additional pharmacological approaches to treat diseases and conditions in which protease activities are involved. This diseases may include, but are not limited to, infections such as bacterial, fungal, protozoan, and viral infections, particularly those caused by HTV viruses, cancers, allergies including asthma, cardiovascular diseases including acute heart failure, hypotension, hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hematological diseases, genito-urinary diseases including urinary incontinence and benign prostate hyperplasia, osteoporosis, and peripheral and central nervous system disorders including pain, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease.
TaqMan-TechnoIogy / expression profiling
TaqMan is a recently developed technique, in which the release of a fluorescent reporter dye from a hybridisation probe in real-time during a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is proportional to the accumulation of the PCR product.
Quantification is based on the early, linear part of the reaction, and by determining the threshold cycle (CT), at which fluorescence above background is first detected.
Gene expression technologies may be useful in several areas of drug discovery and development, such as target identification, lead optimization, and identification of mechanisms of action. The TaqMan technology can be used to compare differences between expression profiles of normal tissue and diseased tissue. Expression profiling has b een used in identifying genes, which are up- or downregulated in a variety of diseases. An interesting application of expression profiling is temporal monitoring of changes in gene expression during disease progression and drug treatment or in patients versus healthy individuals. The premise in this approach is that changes in pattern of gene expression in response to physiological or environmental stimuli (e.g., drugs) may serve as indirect clues about disease-causing genes or drug targets. Moreover, the effects of drugs with established efficacy on global gene expression patterns may provide a guidepost, or a genetic signature, against which a new drug candidate can be compared.
PRSS8
The nucleotide sequence of PRSS8 is accessible in public databases by the accession number NM_002773 and is given in SEQ ID NO:l. The amino acid sequence of
PRSS8 is depicted in SEQ ID NO:2.
Human seminal fluid contains a variety of proteolytic enzymes, including prostate- specific antigen and acrosin. These enzymes are involved in the postejaculatory hydrolysis of proteins and in semen coagulation and liquefaction. Yu et al. (1995) obtained partial amino acid sequence of a 40-kD protein isolated from seminal fluid originally by Yu et al. (1994). Yu et al. (1995) cloned the full lenght gene and the designatedprotein as serine protease-8 (PRSS8), was called prostasin by the authors.
The precursor, proprostasin, is cleaved between residues 12 and 13 to produce a 12- amino acid light chain and a 299-amino acid heavy chain which are associated through a disulfide bond. Expression levels of the prostasin mRNA were assayed by Southern blots of RT-PCR products. Expression was noted in a wide variety of tissues. In the prostate gland, expression was localized to the epithelial cells [Yu et al. (1995)] . Donaldson et al. (2002) found evidence for the regulation of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) by prostasin.
Donaldson et al. (2002) found that coexpression of prostasin with either Xenopus or rat ENaC in Xenopus oocytes resulted in a 60 to 80% increase in amiloride-sensitive sodium currents, and that the addition of aprotinin, a serine protease inhibitor, completely prevented this activation. By in situ hybridization, they determined that both prostasin and TMPRSS2 show a tissue distribution in human airway epithelia consistent with a role in ENaC regulation. Both had strong expression in superficial epithelial cells lining the nose, trachea, and distal airways, and both were expressed at the alveolar level, most notably at alveolar junctions in a distribution characteristic of type II pneumocytes. Expression was also pronounced in submucosal glands associated with nasal, tracheal, and bronchial tissues. Donaldson et al. (2002) suggested that prostasin is likely to be the more physiologically relevant protease.
PRSS8 is published in US 6232456, WO200221133 and WO 200271928. PRSS8 shows the highest homology (46%) to the human serine protease EOS as shown in example 1.
Summary ofthe invention
The invention relates to novel disease associations of PRSS8 polypeptides and polynucleotides. The invention also relates to novel methods of screening for therapeutic agents for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS8 polypeptide, a PRSS8 polynucleotide, or regulators of PRSS8 or modulators of PRSS8 activity. The invention further comprises methods of diagnosing cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal.
Brief Description of the Drawings
Fig. 1 shows the nucleotide sequence of a PRSS8 polynucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 1).
Fig. 2 shows the amino acid sequence of a PRSS8 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2).
Fig. 3 shows the nucleotide sequence of a primer useful for the invention (SEQ ID
NO:3).
Fig. 4 shows the nucleotide sequence of a primer useful for the invention (SEQ ID NO:4).
Fig. 5 shows a nucleotide sequence useful as a probe to detect proteins of the invention (SEQ ID NO:5).
Detailed description of the invention
Definition of terms
An "oligonucleotide" is a stretch of nucleotide residues which has a sufficient number of bases to be used as an oligomer, amplimer or probe in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides are prepared from genomic or cDNA sequence and are used to amplify, reveal, or confirm the presence of a similar DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue. Oligonucleotides or oligomers comprise portions of a DNA sequence having at least about 10 nucleotides and as many as about 35 nucleotides, preferably about 25 nucleotides. "Probes" may be derived from naturally occurring or recombinant single- or double- stranded nucleic acids or may be chemically synthesized. They are useful in detecting the presence of identical or similar sequences. Such probes may be labeled with reporter molecules using nick translation, Klenow fill-in reaction, PCR or other methods well known in the art. Nucleic acid probes may be used in southern, northern or in situ hybridizations to determine whether DNA or RNA encoding a certain protein is present in a cell type, tissue, or organ.
A "fragment of a polynucleotide" is a nucleic acid that comprises all or any part of a given nucleotide molecule, the fragment having fewer nucleotides than about 6 kb, preferably fewer than about 1 kb.
"Reporter molecules" are radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents which associate with a particular nucleotide or amino acid sequence, thereby establishing the presence of a certain sequence, or allowing for the quantification of a certain sequence.
"Chimeric" molecules may be constructed by introducing all or part ofthe nucleotide sequence of this invention into a vector containing additional nucleic acid sequence which might be expected to change any one or several of the following PRSS8 characteristics: cellular location, distribution, ligand-binding affinities, interchain affinities, degradation/turnover rate, signaling, etc.
"Active", with respect to a PRSS8 polypeptide, refers to those forms, fragments, or domains of a PRSS8 polypeptide which retain the biological and/or antigenic activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide.
"Naturally occurring PRSS8 polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide produced by cells which have not been genetically engineered and specifically contemplates various polypeptides arising from post-translational modifications of the polypeptide including but not limited to acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phos- phorylation, lipidation and acylation.
"Derivative" refers to polypeptides which have been chemically modified by techniques such as ubiquitination, labeling (see above), pegylation (derivatization with polyethylene glycol), and chemical insertion or substitution of amino acids such as ornithine which do not normally occur in human proteins.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" result from replacing one amino acid with another having similar structural and/or chemical properties, such as the replacement of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, or a threonine with a serine.
"Insertions" or "deletions" are typically in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. The variation allowed may be experimentally determined by producing the peptide synthetically while systematically making insertions, deletions, or substitutions of nucleotides in the sequence using recombinant DNA techniques.
A "signal sequence" or "leader sequence" can be used, when desired, to direct the polypeptide through a membrane of a cell. Such a sequence may be naturally present on the polypeptides of the present invention or provided from heterologous sources by recombinant DNA techniques.
An " oligopeptide" i s a short stretch of amino acid residues and may be expressed from an oligonucleotide. Oligopeptides comprise a stretch of amino acid residues of at least 3, 5, 10 amino acids and at most 10, 15, 25 amino acids, typically of at least 9 to 13 amino acids, and of sufficient length to display biological and/or antigenic activity. "Inhibitor" is any substance which retards or prevents a chemical or physiological reaction or response. Common inhibitors include but are not limited to antisense molecules, antibodies, and antagonists.
"Standard expression" is a quantitative or qualitative measurement for comparison.
It is based on a statistically appropriate number of normal samples and is created to use as a basis of comparison when performing diagnostic assays, running clinical trials, or following patient treatment profiles.
"Animal" as used herein may be defined to include human, domestic (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), agricultural (e.g., cows, horses, sheep, etc.) or test species (e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, etc.).
A "PRSS8 polynucleotide", within the meaning ofthe invention, shall be understood as being a nucleic acid molecule selected from a group consisting of
(i) nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2,
(ii) nucleic acid molecules comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1,
(iii) nucleic acid molecules having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1,
(iv) nucleic acid molecules the complementary strand of which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of (i), (ii), or (iii); and
(v) nucleic acid molecules the sequence of which differs from the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of (iii) due to the degeneracy ofthe genetic code;
wherein the polypeptide encoded by said nucleic acid molecule has PRSS8 activity. A "PRSS8 polypeptide", within the meaning ofthe invention, shall be understood as being a polypeptide selected from a group consisting of
(i) polypeptides having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2,
(ii) polypeptides comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, ,
(iii) polypeptides encoded by PRSS8 polynucleotides; and
(iv) polypeptides which show at least 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, or 80% homology with a polypeptide of (i), (ii), or (iii);
wherein said polypeptide has PRSS8 activity.
The nucleotide sequences encoding a PRSS8 (or their complement) have numerous applications in techniques known to those skilled in the art of molecular biology. These techniques include use as hybridization probes, use in the construction of oligomers for PCR, use for chromosome and gene mapping, use in the recombinant production of PRSS8, and use in generation of antisense DNA or RNA, their chemical analogs and the like. Uses of nucleotides encoding a PRSS8 disclosed herein are exemplary of known techniques and are not intended to limit their use in any technique known to a person of ordinary skill in the art. Furthermore, the nucleotide sequences disclosed herein may be used in molecular biology techniques that have not yet been developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, e.g., the triplet genetic code, specific base pair interactions, etc.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of PRSS8 - encoding nucleotide sequences may be produced. Some of these will only bear minimal homology to the nucleotide sequence of the known and naturally occurring PRSS8. The invention has specifically contemplated each and every possible variation of nucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the nucleotide sequence of naturally occurring PRSS8, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
Although the nucleotide sequences which encode a PRSS8, its derivatives or its variants are preferably capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturally occurring PRSS8 polynucleotide under stringent conditions, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 polypeptides or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage. Codons can be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic expression host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantially altering the nucleotide sequence encoding a PRSS8 polypeptide and/or its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid s equence include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
Nucleotide sequences encoding a PRSS8 polypeptide may be joined to a variety of other nucleotide sequences by means of well established recombinant DNA techniques. Useful nucleotide sequences for joining to PRSS8 polynucleotides include an assortment of cloning vectors such as plasmids, cosmids, lambda phage derivatives, phagemids, and the like. Vectors of interest include expression vectors, replication vectors, probe generation vectors, sequencing vectors, etc. In general, vectors of interest may contain an origin of replication functional in at least one organism, convenient restriction endonuclease sensitive sites, and selectable markers for one or more host cell systems.
Another aspect of the subject invention is to provide for PRSS8-specific hybridization probes capable of hybridizing with naturally occurring nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8. Such probes may also be used for the detection of similar protease encoding sequences and should preferably show at least 40% nucleotide identity to PRSS8 polynucleotides. The hybridization probes of the subject invention may be derived from the nucleotide sequence presented as SEQ LD NO: 1 or from genomic sequences including promoter, enhancers or introns ofthe native gene. Hybridization probes may be labelled by a variety of reporter molecules using techniques well known in the art.
It will be recognized that many deletional or mutational analogs of PRSS8 poly- nucleotides will be effective hybridization probes for PRSS8 polynucleotides.
Accordingly, the invention relates to nucleic acid sequences that hybridize with such PRSS8 encoding nucleic acid sequences under stringent conditions.
"Stringent conditions" refers to conditions that allow for the hybridization of substantially related nucleic acid sequences. For instance, such conditions will generally allow hybridization of sequence with at least about 85% sequence identity, preferably with at least about 90% sequence identity, more preferably with at least about 95% sequence identity. Hybridization conditions and probes can be adjusted in well-characterized ways to achieve selective hybridization of human-derived probes. Stringent conditions, within the meaning of the invention are 65 °C in a buffer containing 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO4 (pH 7.2), 7 % (w/v) SDS.
Nucleic acid molecules that will hybridize to PRSS8 polynucleotides under stringent conditions can be identified functionally. Without limitation, examples of the uses for hybridization probes include: histochemical uses such as identifying tissues that express PRSS8; measuring mRNA levels, for instance to identify a sample's tissue type or to identify cells that express abnormal levels of PRSS8; and detecting polymorphisms of PRSS8.
PCR provides additional uses for oligonucleotides based upon the nucleotide sequence which encodes PRSS8. Such probes used in PCR may be of recombinant origin, chemically synthesized, or a mixture of both. Oligomers may comprise discrete nucleotide sequences employed under optimized conditions for identification of PRSS8 in specific tissues or diagnostic use. The same two oligomers, a nested set of oligomers, or even a degenerate pool of oligomers may be employed under less stringent conditions for identification of closely related DNAs or RNAs.
Rules for designing polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primers are now established, as reviewed by PCR Protocols. Degenerate primers, i.e., preparations of primers that are heterogeneous at given sequence locations, can be designed to amplify nucleic acid sequences that are highly homologous to, but not identical with PRSS8.
Strategies are now available that allow for only one of the primers to be required to specifically hybridize with a known sequence. For example, appropriate nucleic acid primers can be ligated to the nucleic acid sought to be amplified to provide the hybridization partner for one of the primers. In this way, only one of the primers need be based on the sequence of the nucleic acid sought to be amplified.
PCR methods for amplifying nucleic acid will utilize at least two primers. One of these primers will be capable of hybridizing to a first strand of the nucleic acid to be amplified and of priming enzyme-driven nucleic acid synthesis in a first direction. The other will be capable of hybridizing the reciprocal sequence ofthe first strand (if the sequence to be amplified is single stranded, this sequence will initially be hypothetical, but will be synthesized in the first amplification cycle) and of priming nucleic acid synthesis from that strand in the direction opposite the first direction and towards the site of hybridization for the first primer. Conditions for conducting such amplifications, particularly under preferred stringent hybridization conditions, are well known.
Other means of producing specific hybridization probes for PRSS8 include the cloning of nucleic acid sequences encoding PRSS8 or PRSS8 derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerase as T7 or SP6 RNA polymerase and the appropriate reporter molecules.
It is possible to produce a DNA sequence, or portions thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After synthesis, the nucleic acid sequence can be inserted into any of the many available DNA vectors and their respective host cells using techniques which are well known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into the nucleotide sequence. Alternately, a portion of sequence in which a mutation is desired can be synthesized and recombined with longer portion of an existing genomic or recombinant sequence.
PRSS8 polynucleotides may be used to produce a purified oligo-or polypeptide using well known methods of recombinant DNA technology. The oligopeptide may be expressed in a variety of host cells, either prokaryotic or eukaryotic. Host cells may be from the same species from which the nucleotide sequence was derived or from a different species. Advantages of producing an oligonucleotide by recombinant DNA technology include obtaining adequate amounts ofthe protein for purification and the availability of simplified purification procedures.
Quantitative determinations of nucleic acids
An important step in the molecular genetic analysis of human disease is often the enumeration ofthe copy number of a nucleis acid or the relative expression of a gene in particular tissues.
Several different approaches are currently available to make quantitative determinations of nucleic acids. Chromosome-based techniques, such as comparative genomic hybridization (CGH) and fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) facilitate efforts to cytogenetically localize genomic regions that are altered in tumor cells. Regions of genomic alteration can be narrowed further using loss of heterozygosity analysis (LOH), in which disease DNA is analyzed and compared with normal DNA for the loss of a heterozygous polymorphic marker. The first experiments used restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs) [Johnson, (1989)], or hyper- variable minisatellite DNA [Barnes, 2000]. In recent years LOH has been performed primarily using PCR amplification of microsatellite markers and electrophoresis of the radio labelled [Jeffreys, (1985)] or fluorescently labelled PCR products [Weber,
(1990)] and compared between paired normal and disease DNAs.
A number of other methods have also been developed to quantify nucleic acids [Gergen, (1992)]. More recently, PCR and RT-PCR methods have been developed which are capable of measuring the amount of a nucleic acid in a sample. One approach, for example, measures PCR product quantity in the log phase of the reaction before the formation of reaction products plateaus [Thomas, (1980)].
A gene sequence contained in all samples at relatively constant quantity is typically utilized for sample amplification efficiency normalization. This approach, however, suffers from several drawbacks. The method requires that e ach s ample h as equal input amounts of the nucleic acid and that the amplification efficiency between samples is identical until the time of analysis. Furthermore, it is difficult using the conventional methods of PCR quantitation such as gel electrophoresis or plate capture hybridization to determine that all samples are in fact analyzed during the log phase ofthe reaction as required by the method.
Another method called quantitative competitive (QC)-PCR, as the name implies, relies on the inclusion of an internal control competitor in each reaction [Piatak, (1 93), BioTechniques]. The efficiency of each reaction is normalized to the internal competitor. A known amount of internal competitor is typically added to each sample. The unknown target PCR product is compared with the known competitor PCR product to obtain relative quantitation. A difficulty with this general approach lies in developing an internal control that amplifies with the same efficiency than the target molecule. 5' Fluorogenic Nuclease Assays
Fluorogenic nuclease assays are a real time quantitation method that uses a probe to monitor formation of amplification product. The basis for this method of monitoring the formation of amplification product is to measure continuously PCR product accumulation u sing a dual-labelled fluorogenic oligonucleotide probe, an approach frequently referred to in the literature simply as the "TaqMan method" [Piatak,(1993), Science; Heid, (1996); Gibson, (1996); Holland. (1991)].
The probe used in such assays is typically a short (about 20-25 bases) oligonucleotide that is labeled with two different fluorescent dyes. The 5' terminus of the probe is attached to a reporter dye and the 3' terminus is attached to a quenching dye, although the dyes could be attached at other locations on the probe as well. The probe is designed to have at least substantial sequence complementarity with the probe binding site. Upstream and downstream PCR primers which bind to flanking regions of the locus are added to the reaction mixture. When the probe is intact, energy transfer between the two fluorophors occurs and the quencher quenches emission from the reporter. During the extension phase of PCR, the probe is cleaved by the 5' nuclease activity of a nucleic acid polymerase such as Taq polymerase, thereby releasing the reporter from the oligonucleotide-quencher and resulting in an increase of reporter emission intensity which can be measured by an appropriate detector.
One detector which is specifically adapted for measuring fluorescence emissions such as those created during a fluorogenic assay is the ABI 7700 or 4700 HT manufactured by Applied Biosystems, Inc. in Foster City, Calif. The ABI 7700 uses fiber o ptics c onnected w ith e ach w ell i n a 96-or 384 w ell P CR tube arrangement. The instrument includes a laser for exciting the labels and is capable of measuring the fluorescence spectra intensity from each tube with continuous monitoring during PCR amplification. Each tube is re-examined every 8.5 seconds. Computer software provided with the instrument is capable of recording the fluorescence intensity of reporter and quencher over the course of the amplification. The recorded values will then be used to calculate the increase in normalized reporter emission intensity on a continuous basis. The increase in emission intensity is plotted versus time, i.e., the number of amplification cycles, to produce a continuous measure of amplification. To quantify the locus in each amplification reaction, the amplification plot is examined at a point during the log phase of product accumulation. This is accomplished by assigning a fluorescence threshold intensity above background and determining the point at which each amplification plot crosses the threshold (defined as the threshold cycle number or Ct). Differences in threshold cycle number are used to quantify the relative amount of PCR target contained within each tube. Assuming that each reaction functions at 100% PCR efficiency, a difference of one Ct represents a two-fold difference in the amount of starting template. The fluorescence value can be used in conjunction with a standard curve to determine the amount of amplification product present.
Non-Probe-Based Detection Methods
A variety of options are available for measuring the amplification products as they are formed. O ne m ethod u tilizes 1 abels, s uch a s d yes, w hich o nly b ind t o double stranded DNA. In this type of approach, amplification product (which is double stranded) binds dye molecules in solution to form a complex. With the appropriate dyes, it is possible to distinguish between dye molecules free in solution and dye molecules bound to amplification product. For example, certain dyes fluoresce only when bound to amplification product. Examples of dyes which can be used in methods of this general type include, but are not limited to, Syber GreemTM. and
Pico Green from Molecular Probes, Inc. of Eugene, Oreg., ethidium bromide, propidium i odide, chromomycin, acridine orange, Hoechst 33258, Toto-1, Yoyo-1,
DAPI (4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole hydrochloride). Another real time detection technique measures alteration in energy fluorescence energy transfer between fluorophors conjugated with PCR primers [Livak, (1995)].
Probe-Based Detection Methods
These detection methods involve some alteration to the structure or conformation of a probe hybridized to the locus between the amplification primer pair. In some instances, the alteration is caused by the template-dependent extension catalyzed by a nucleic acid polymerase during the amplification process. The alteration generates a detectable signal which is an indirect measure ofthe amount of amplification product formed.
For example, some methods involve the degradation or digestion ofthe probe during the extension reaction. These methods are a consequence of the 5 -3' nuclease activity associated with some nucleic acid polymerases. Polymerases having this activity cleave mononucleotides or small o ligonucleotides from an oligonucleotide probe annealed to its complementary sequence located within the locus.
The 3' end ofthe upstream primer provides the initial binding site for the nucleic acid polymerase. As the polymerase catalyzes extension of the upstream primer and encounters the bound probe, the nucleic acid polymerase displaces a portion of the 5' end of the probe and through its nuclease activity cleaves mononucleotides or oligonucleotides from the probe.
The upstream primer and the probe can be designed such that they anneal to the complementary strand in close proximity to one another. In fact, the 3' end of the upstream primer and the 5' end of the probe may abut one another. In this situation, extension of the upstream primer is not necessary in order for the nucleic acid polymerase to begin cleaving the probe. In the case in which intervening nucleotides separate the upstream primer and the probe, extension of the primer is necessary before the nucleic acid polymerase encounters the 5' end of the probe. Once contact occurs and polymerization continues, the 5'-3' exonuclease activity ofthe nucleic acid polymerase begins cleaving mononucleotides or oligonucleotides from the 5' end of the probe. Digestion of the probe continues until the remaining portion ofthe probe dissociates from the complementary strand.
In solution, the two end sections can hybridize with each other to form a hairpin loop. In this conformation, the reporter and quencher dye are in sufficiently close proximity that fluorescence from the reporter dye is effectively quenched by the quencher dye. Hybridized probe, in contrast, results in a linearized conformation in which the extent of quenching is decreased. Thus, by monitoring emission changes for the two dyes, it is possible to indirectly monitor the formation of amplification product.
Probes
The labeled probe is selected so that its sequence is substantially complementary to a segment of the test locus or a reference locus. As indicated above, the nucleic acid site to which the probe binds should be located between the primer binding sites for the upstream and downstream amplification primers.
Primers
The primers used in the amplification are selected so as to be capable of hybridizing to sequences at flanking regions of the locus being amplified. The primers are chosen to have at least substantial complementarity with the different strands of the nucleic acid being amplified. When a probe is utilized to detect the formation of amplification products, the primers are selected in such that they flank the probe, i.e. are located upstream and downstream ofthe probe.
The primer must have sufficient length so that it is capable of priming the synthesis of extension products in the presence of an agent for polymerization. The length and composition of the primer depends on many parameters, including, for example, the temperature at which the annealing reaction is conducted, proximity of the probe binding site to that ofthe primer, relative concentrations ofthe primer and probe and the particular nucleic acid composition of the probe. Typically the primer includes 15-30 nucleotides. However, the length ofthe primer may be more or less depending on the complexity ofthe primer binding site and the factors listed above.
Labels for Probes and Primers
The labels used for labeling the probes or primers ofthe current invention and which can provide the signal corresponding to the quantity of amplification product can take a variety of forms. A s indicated above with regard to the 5' fluorogenic nuclease method, a fluorescent signal is one signal which can be measured. However, measurements may also be made, for example, by monitoring radioactivity, colorimetry, absorption, magnetic parameters, or enzymatic activity. Thus, labels which can be employed include, but are not limited to, fluorophors, chromophores, radioactive isotopes, electron dense reagents, enzymes, and ligands having specific binding partners (e.g., biotin-avidin).
Monitoring changes in fluorescence is a particularly useful way to monitor the accumulation of amplification products. A number of labels useful for attachment to probes or primers are commercially available including fluorescein and various fluorescein derivatives such as FAM, HEX, TET and JOE (all which are available from Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.); lucifer yellow, and coumarin derivatives.
Labels may be attached to the probe or primer using a variety of techniques and can be attached at the 5' end, and/or the 3' end and/or at an internal nucleotide. The label can also be attached to spacer arms of various sizes which are attached to the probe or primer. T hese spacer arms are useful for obtaining a desired distance between multiple labels attached to the probe or primer. In some instances, a single label may be utilized; whereas, in other instances, such as with the 5' fluorogenic nuclease assays for example, two or more labels are attached to the probe. In cases wherein the probe includes multiple labels, it is generally advisable to maintain spacing between the labels which is sufficient to permit separation of the labels during digestion of the probe through the 5'-3' nuclease activity ofthe nucleic acid polymerase.
Patients Exhibiting Symptoms of Disease
A number of diseases are associated with changes in the copy number of a certain gene. For patients having symptoms of a disease, the real-time PCR method can be used to determine if the patient has copy number alterations which are known to be linked with diseases that are associated with the symptoms the patient has.
PRSS8 expression
PRSS8 fusion proteins
Fusion proteins are useful for generating antibodies against PRSS8 polypeptides and for use in various assay systems. For example, fusion proteins can be used to identify proteins which interact with portions of PRSS8 polypeptides. Protein affinity chromatography or library-based assays for protein-protein interactions, such as the yeast two-hybrid or phage display systems, can be used for this purpose. Such methods are well known in the art and also can be used as drug screens.
A PRSS8 fusion protein comprises two polypeptide segments fused together by means of a peptide bond. The first polypeptide segment can comprise at least 54, 75, 100, 125, 139, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 325 or 350 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of a biologically active variant, such as those described above. The first polypeptide segment also can comprise full-length PRSS8. The second polypeptide segment can be a full-length protein or a protein fragment. Proteins commonly used in fusion protein construction include, but are not limited to β galactosidase, β-glucuronidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), autofluorescent proteins, including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST), luciferase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), and chloramphenicol acetyltransferase
(CAT). Additionally, epitope tags are used in fusion protein constructions, including histidine (His) tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, NSN-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags. Other fusion constructions can include maltose binding protein (MBP), S-tag, Lex a DΝA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DΝA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSN) BP16 protein fusions. A fusion protein also can be engineered to contain a cleavage site located adjacent to the PRSS8.
Preparation of Polynucleotides
A naturally occurring PRSS8 polynucleotide can be isolated free of other cellular components such as membrane components, proteins, and lipids. Polynucleotides can be made by a cell and isolated using standard nucleic acid purification techniques, or synthesized using an amplification technique, such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or by using an automatic synthesizer. Methods for isolating polynucleotides are routine and are known in the art. Any such technique for obtaining a polynucleotide can be used to obtain isolated PRSS8 polynucleotides. For example, restriction enzymes and probes can be used to isolate polynucleotide fragments which comprise PRSS8 nucleotide sequences. Isolated polynucleotides are in preparations which are free or at least 70, 80, or 90% free of other molecules.
PRSS8 cDΝA molecules can be made with standard molecular biology techniques, using PRSS8 mRΝA as a template. PRSS8 cDΝA molecules can thereafter be replicated u sing m olecular biology techniques known in the art. An amplification technique, such as PCR, can be used to obtain additional copies of polynucleotides of the invention, using either human genomic DΝA or cDΝA as a template. Alternatively, synthetic chemistry techniques can be used to synthesizes PRSS8 polynucleotides. The degeneracy of the genetic code allows alternate nucleotide sequences to be synthesized which will encode PRSS8 having, for example, an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a biologically active variant thereof.
Extending Polynucleotides
Various PCR-based methods can be used to extend nucleic acid sequences encoding human PRSS8, for example to detect upstream sequences of PRSS 8 gene such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, restriction-site PCR uses universal primers to retrieve unknown sequence adjacent to a known locus. Genomic DNA is first amplified in the presence of a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to the known region. The amplified sequences are then subjected to a second round of PCR with the same linker primer and another specific primer internal to the first one. Products of each round of PCR are transcribed with an appropriate RNA polymerase and sequenced using reverse transcriptase.
Inverse PCR also can be used to amplify or extend sequences using divergent primers based on a known region. P rimers c an b e d esigned u sing c ommercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences Inc., Plymouth, Minn.), to be 22-30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures about 68-72°C. The method uses several restriction enzymes to generate a suitable fragment in the known region of a gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a PCR template.
Another method which can be used is capture PCR, which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA. In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations also can be used to place an engineered double-stranded sequence into an unknown fragment ofthe DNA molecule before performing PCR.
When screening for full-length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. Randomly-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences which contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries can be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
Commercially available capillary electrophoresis systems can be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of PCR or sequencing products. For example, capillary sequencing can employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different fluorescent dyes (one for each nucleotide) which are laser activated, and detection of the emitted wavelengths by a charge coupled device camera. Output/light intensity can be converted to electrical signal using appropriate equipment and software (e.g., GENOTYPER and Sequence NAVIGATOR, Perkin Elmer), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display can be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for the sequencing of small pieces of DNA which might be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
Obtaining Polypeptides
PRSS8 can be obtained, for example, by purification from human cells, by expression of PRSS8 polynucleotides, or by direct chemical synthesis.
Protein Purification
PRSS8 can be purified from any human cell which expresses the enzyme, including those which have been transfected with expression constructs which express PRSS8. A purified PRSS8 is separated from other compounds which normally associate with PRSS8 in the cell, such as certain proteins, carbohydrates, or lipids, using methods well-known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, size exclusion chromatography, ammonium sulfate fractionation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and preparative gel electrophoresis.
Expression ofPRSSδ Polynucleotides
To express PRSS8, PRSS8 polynucleotides can be inserted into an expression vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding PRSS8 and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination.
A variety of expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding PRSS8. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms, such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors, insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus), plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids), or animal cell systems.
The control elements or regulatory sequences are those non-translated regions of the vector - enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions ~ which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements can vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilized, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and i nducible p romoters, c an b e u sed. F or e xample, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used. The baculovirus polyhedrin promoter can be used in insect cells. Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells (e.g-, heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage protein genes) or from plant viruses (e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences) can be cloned into the vector. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of a nucleotide sequence encoding PRSS8, vectors based on SV40 or EBV can be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
Bacterial and Yeast Expression Systems
In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors can be selected. For example, when a large quantity of PRSS8 is needed for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified can be used. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene). In a BLUESCRIPT vector, a sequence encoding PRSS8 can be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino-terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of β-galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced. pL vectors or pGEX vectors (Promega, Madison, Wis.) also can be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione
S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. Proteins made in such systems can be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
Plant and Insect Expression Systems If plant expression vectors are used, the expression of sequences encoding PRSS8 can be driven by any of a number of promoters. For example, viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV can be used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV. Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters can be used. These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or by pathogen-mediated transfection.
An insect system also can be used to express PRSS8. For example, in one such system Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae. Sequences encoding PRSS8 can be cloned into a non-essential region ofthe virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter. Successful insertion of PRSS8 will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein. The recombinant viruses can then be used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which PRSS8 can be expressed.
Mammalian Expression Systems
A number of viral-based expression systems can be used to express PRSS8 in mammalian host cells. For example, if an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding PRSS8 can be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex comprising the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region ofthe viral genome can be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing PRSS8 in infected host cells [Engelhard, 1994)]. If desired, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, can be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) also can be used to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained and expressed in a plasmid. HACs of 6M to 10M are constructed and delivered to cells via conventional delivery methods (e.g., liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles). Specific initiation signals also can be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding PRSS8. Such signals include the A TG initiation c odon and adjacent s equences. I n c ases where sequences encoding PRSS8, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals (including the ATG i nitiation c odon) s hould b e p rovided. T he i nitiation c odon s hould b e in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons can be of various origins, both natural and synthetic.
Host Cells
A host cell strain can be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed PRSS8 in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation. Post- translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form ofthe polypeptide also can be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and/or function. Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38), are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209) and can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing ofthe foreign protein.
Stable e xpression i s p referred for 1 ong-term, h igh-yield p roduction o f r ecombinant proteins. For example, cell lines which stably express PRSS8 can be transformed using expression vectors which can contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. F ollowing the introduction of the vector, cells can be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched medium before they are switched to a selective medium. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced PRSS8 sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed c ells can be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type. Any number of selection systems can be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase [Logan, (1984)] and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase [Wigler, (1977)] genes which can be employed in tk~ or aprf cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate [Lowy, (1980)], npt confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G-418 [Wigler, (1980)], and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively [Colbere-Garapin, 1981]. Additional selectable genes have been described. For example, trpB allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine. Visible markers such as anthocyanins, β-glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, can be used to identify transformants and to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system
Detecting Polypeptide Expression
Although the presence of marker gene expression suggests that a PRSS8 poly- nucleotide is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if a sequence encoding PRSS8 is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences which encode PRSS8 can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding PRSS8 under the control of a single promoter. Expression ofthe marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of PRSS8 polynucleotide. Alternatively, host cells which contain a PRSS8 polynucleotide and which express PRSS8 can be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip-based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein. For example, the presence of a polynucleotide sequence encoding PRSS8 can be detected by DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization or amplification using probes or fragments or fragments o f polynucleotides encoding PRSS8. Nucleic acid amplification-based assays involve the use of oligonucleotides selected from sequences encoding PRSS8 to detect transformants which contain a PRSS8 polynucleotide.
A variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of PRSS8, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radio- immunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay u sing m onoclonal antibodies reactive to two non- interfering epitopes on PRSS8 can be used, or a competitive binding assay can be employed.
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and can be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding PRSS8 include oligolabeling, nick translation, end- labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, sequences encoding PRSS8 can be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and can be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of labeled nucleotides and an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6. These procedures can be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Amersham Pharmacia B iotech, P romega, and US Biochemical). Suitable reporter molecules or labels which can be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, and fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Expression and Purification of Polypeptides
Host cells transformed with PRSS8 polynucleotides can be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture. The poly- peptide produced by a transformed cell can be secreted or contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing PRSS8 polynucleotides can be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of soluble PRSS8 through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane or which direct the membrane insertion of membrane-bound PRSS8.
As discussed above, other constructions can be used to join a sequence encoding PRSS8 to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain which will facilitate purification of soluble proteins. Such purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.). Inclusion of cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor XA or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and PRSS8 also can be used to facilitate purification. One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing PRSS8 and 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by LMAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography) Maddox, (1983)], while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying PRSS8 from the fusion protein [Porath, (1992)]. Chemical Synthesis
Sequences encoding PRSS8 can be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art. Alternatively, PRSS8 itself can be produced using chemical methods to synthesize its amino acid sequence, such as by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques. Protein synthesis can either be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis can be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer). Optionally, fragments of PRSS8 can be separately synthesized and combined using chemical methods to produce a full-length molecule.
The newly synthesized peptide can be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. The composition of a synthetic PRSS8 can be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing. Additionally, any portion of the amino acid sequence of PRSS8 can be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with sequences from other proteins to produce a variant polypeptide or a fusion protein.
Production of Altered Polypeptides
As will be understood by those of skill in the art, it may be advantageous to produce PRSS8 polynucleotides possessing non-naturally occurring codons. For example, codons preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce an RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half-life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
The nucleotide sequences referred to herein can be engineered using methods generally known in the art to alter PRSS8 polynucleotides for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the polypeptide or mRNA product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides can be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, site-directed mutagenesis can be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce mutations, and so forth.
PRSS8 Analogs
One general class of PRSS8 analogs are variants having an amino acid sequence that is a mutation of the amino acid sequence disclosed herein. Another general class of
PRSS8 analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, [Monfardini et al., (1996)]). Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype PRSS8 antibodies mimic PRSS8, these domains can provide PRSS8 enzymatic activity. Methods of producing anti-idiotypic catalytic antibodies are known to those of skill in the art [Joron et al., (1992), Friboulet et al. (1994), Avalle et al., (1998)].
Another approach to identifying PRSS8 analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by [Kay et al., Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), U.S. 5,783,384, U.S. 5,747,334, and U.S. 5,723,323.
One illustrative in vitro use of PRSS8 and its analogs is the production of labeled peptides from a labeled protein substrate. Proteases can also be used in detergents and cleaning solutions. For example, serine proteases are used in solutions to clean and to disinfect contact lenses (see, for example, [U.S. 5,985,629]). Another use for a serine protease is in the formulation of vaccines (see, for example, [U.S. 5,885,814]). Those of skill in the art can devise other uses for molecules having
PRSS8 activity. Antibodies
Any type of antibody known in the art can be generated to bind specifically to an epitope of PRSS8.
"Antibody" as used herein includes intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv, which are capable of binding an epitope of PRSS8. Typically, at least 6, 8, 10, or 1 2 contiguous amino acids are required to form an epitope. However, epitopes which involve non-contiguous amino acids may require more, e.g., at least 15, 25, or 50 amino acid. An antibody which specifically binds to an epitope of PRSS8 can be used therapeutically, as well as in immunochemical assays, such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art. Various immunoassays can be used to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between an immunogen and an antibody which specifically binds to the PRSS8 immunogen.
Typically, an antibody which specifically binds to PRSS8 provides a detection signal at least 5-, 10-, or 20-fold higher than a detection signal provided with other proteins when used in an immunochemical assay. Preferably, antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 do not detect other proteins in immunochemical assays and can immunoprecipitate PRSS8 from solution.
PRSS8 can be used to immunize a mammal, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, or human, to produce polyclonal antibodies. If desired, PRSS8 can be conjugated to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's adjuvant, mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), and surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, and dinitrophenol). Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Coiynebacterium parvum are especially useful.
Monoclonal antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody m olecules by e ontinuous cell lines in culture. These techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique [Roberge, (1995)].
In addition, techniques developed for the p roduction o f "chimeric antibodies", the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used. Monoclonal and other antibodies also can be "humanized" to prevent a patient from mounting an immune response against the antibody when it is used therapeutically. Such antibodies may be sufficiently similar in sequence to human antibodies to be used directly in therapy or may require alteration of a few key residues. Sequence differences between rodent antibodies and human sequences can b e minimized by replacing residues which differ from those in the human sequences by site directed mutagenesis of individual residues or by grating of entire complementarity determining regions. Antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 can contain antigen binding sites which are either partially or fully humanized, as disclosed in U.S. 5,565,332.
Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies can be adapted using methods known in the art to produce single chain antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, can be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobin libraries. Single-chain antibodies also can be constructed using a DNA amplification method, such as PCR, using hybridoma cDNA as a template. Single-chain antibodies can be mono- or bispecific, and can be bivalent or tetravalent. Construction of tetravalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught. A nucleotide sequence encoding a single-chain antibody can be constructed using manual or automated nucleotide synthesis, cloned into an expression construct using standard recombinant DNA methods, and introduced into a cell to express the coding sequence, as described below. Alternatively, single-chain antibodies can be produced directly using, for example, filamentous phage technology.
Antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 also can be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents. Other types of antibodies can be constructed and used therapeutically in methods of the invention. For example, chimeric antibodies can be constructed as disclosed in WO 93/03151. Binding proteins which are derived from immunoglobuhns and which are multivalent and multispecific, such as the "diabodies" described in WO 94/13804, also can be prepared.
Antibodies according to the invention can be purified by methods well known in the art. For example, antibodies can be affinity purified by passage over a column to which PRSS8 is bound. The bound antibodies can then be eluted from the column using a buffer with a high salt concentration.
Antisense Oligonucleotides
Antisense oligonucleotides are nucleotide sequences which are complementary to a specific DNA or RNA sequence. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary nucleotides combine with natural sequences produced by the cell to form complexes and block either transcription or translation. Preferably, an antisense oligonucleotide is at least 11 nucleotides in length, but can be at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 or more nucleotides long. Longer sequences also can be used. Antisense oligonucleotide molecules can be provided in a DNA construct and introduced into a cell as described above to decrease the level of PRSS8 gene products in the cell.
Antisense oligonucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, or a combination of both. Oligonucleotides can be synthesized manually or by an automated synthesizer, by covalently linking the 5' end of one nucleotide with the 3' end of another nucleotide with non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages such alkyl- phosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, alkylphosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxymethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters.
Modifications of PRSS8 gene expression can be obtained by designing antisense oligonucleotides which will form duplexes to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the PRSS8 gene. Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between positions -10 and +10 from the start site, are preferred. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or chaperons. Therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature
[Nicholls, (1993)]. An antisense oligonucleotide also can be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
Precise complementarity is not required for successful complex formation between an antisense oligonucleotide and the complementary sequence of a PRSS8 polynucleotide. Antisense oligonucleotides which comprise, for example, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more stretches of contiguous nucleotides which are precisely complementary to a PRSS8 polynucleotide, each separated by a stretch of contiguous nucleotides which are not complementary to adjacent PRSS8 nucleotides, can provide sufficient targeting specificity for PRSS8 mRNA. Preferably, each stretch of complementary contiguous nucleotides is at least 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 or more nucleotides in length. Non- complementary intervening sequences are preferably 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides in length. One skilled in the art can easily use the calculated melting point of an antisense-sense pair to determine the degree of mismatching which will be tolerated between a particular antisense oligonucleotide and a particular PRSS8 polynucleotide sequence. Antisense oligonucleotides can be modified without affecting their ability to hybridize to a PRSS8 polynucleotide. These modifications can be internal or at one or both ends of the antisense molecule. For example, internucleoside phosphate linkages can be modified by adding cholesteryl or diamine moieties with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose. Modified bases and/or sugars, such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5'-substituted oligonucleotide in which the 3' hydroxyl group or the 5' phosphate group are substituted, also can be employed in a modified antisense oligonucleotide. These modified oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods well known in the art.
Ribozymes
Ribozymes are RNA molecules with catalytic activity [Uhlmann, (1987)]. Ribozymes can be used to inhibit gene function by cleaving an RNA sequence, as is known in the art. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Examples include engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of specific nucleotide sequences. The coding sequence of a PRSS8 polynucleotide can be used to generate ribozymes which will specifically bind to mRNA transcribed from a PRSS8 polynucleotide. Methods of designing and constructing ribozymes which can cleave other RNA molecules in trans in a highly sequence specific manner have been developed and described in the art. For example, the cleavage activity of ribozymes can be targeted to specific RNAs by engineering a discrete "hybridization" region into the ribozyme. The hybridization region contains a sequence complementary to the target RNA and thus specifically hybridizes with the target
RNA. Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within a PRSS8 RNA target can be identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the target RNA containing the cleavage site can be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the target inoperable. Suitability of candidate PRSS8 RNA targets also can be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays. The nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ J_D NO: 1 and its complement provide sources of suitable hybridization region sequences. Longer complementary sequences can be used to increase the affinity of the hybridization sequence for the target. The hybridizing and cleavage regions of the ribozyme can be integrally related such that upon hybridizing to the target RNA through the complementary regions, the catalytic region of the ribozyme can cleave the target.
Ribozymes can be introduced into cells as part of a DNA construct. Mechanical methods, such as microinjection, liposome-mediated transfection, electroporation, or calcium phosphate precipitation, can be used to introduce a ribozyme-containing DNA construct into cells in which it is desired to decrease PRSS8 expression.
Alternatively, if it is desired that the cells stably retain the DNA construct, the construct can be supplied on a plasmid and maintained as a separate element or integrated into the genome of the cells, as is known in the art. A ribozyme-encoding DNA construct can include transcriptional regulatory elements, such as a promoter element, an enhancer or UAS element, and a transcriptional terminator signal, for controlling transcription of ribozymes in the cells (U.S. 5,641,673). Ribozymes also can be engineered to provide an additional level of regulation, so that destruction of mRNA occurs only when both a ribozyme and a target gene are induced in the cells. Screening / Screening Assays
Regulators
Regulators as used herein, refer to compounds that affect the activity of PRSS8 in vivo and/or in vitro. Regulators can be agonists and antagonists of PRSS8 polypeptide and can be compounds that exert their effect on the PRSS8 activity via the enzymatic activity, expression, post-translational modifications or by other means. Agonists of PRSS8 are molecules which, when bound to PRSS8, increase or prolong the activity of PRSS8. Agonists of PRSS8 include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other molecule which activate PRSS8. Antagonists of PRSS8 are molecules which, when bound to PRSS8, decrease the amount or the duration of the activity of PRSS8. Antagonists include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, antibodies, small molecules, or any other molecule which decrease the activity of PRS S 8.
The term "modulate", as it appears herein, refers to a change in the activity of PRSS8 polypeptide. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in enzymatic activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of PRSS8.
As used herein, the terms "specific binding" or "specifically binding" refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, or an antagonist. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure ofthe protein recognized by the binding molecule (i.e., the antigenic determinant or epitope). For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A" the presence of a polypeptide containing the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody. The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as "screening assays") for identifying compounds which can be used for the treatment of diseases related to PRSS8. The methods entail the identification of candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other molecules) which bind to PRSS8 and/or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on the biological activity of PRSS8 or its expression and then determining which of these compounds have an effect on symptoms or diseases related to PRSS8 in an in vivo assay.
Candidate or test compounds or agents which bind to PRSS8 and/or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on the activity or the expression of PRSS8 are identified either in assays that employ cells which express PRSS8 (cell-based assays) or in assays with isolated PRSS8 (cell-free assays). The various assays can employ a variety of variants of PRSS8 (e.g., full-length PRSS8, a biologically active fragment of PRSS8, or a fusion protein which includes all or a portion of PRSS8). Moreover, PRSS8 can be derived from any suitable mammalian species (e.g., human PRSS8, rat
PRSS8 or murine PRSS8). The assay can be a binding assay entailing direct or indirect measurement ofthe binding of a test compound or a known PRSS8 ligand to PRSS8. The assay can also be an activity assay entailing direct or indirect measurement of the activity of PRSS8. The assay can also be an expression assay entailing direct or indirect measurement of the expression of PRSS8 mRNA or
PRSS8 protein. The various screening assays are combined with an in vivo assay entailing measuring the effect of the test compound on the symptoms of diseases related to PRSS8.
The present invention includes biochemical, cell free assays that allow the identification o f inhibitors and agonists of proteases suitable as lead structures for pharmacological drug development. Such assays involve contacting a form of PRSS8 (e.g., full-length PRSS8, a biologically active fragment of PRSS8, or a fusion protein comprising all or a portion of PRSS8) with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to act as an antagonist (preferably) or an agonist of the enzymatic activity of PRSS8. The activity of PRSS8 molecules of the present invention can be measured using a variety of assays that measure PRSS8 activity. For example, PRSS8 enzyme activity can be assessed by a standard in vitro serine/metallo/... protease assay (see, for example, [U.S. 5,057,414]). Those of skill in the art are aware of a variety of substrates suitable for in vitro assays, such as SucAla-Ala-Pro-Phe-pNA, fluorescein mono-p-guanidinobenzoate hydrochloride, benzyloxycarbonyl-L-Arginyl-S-benzyl- ester, Nalpha-Benzoyl-L-arginine ethyl ester hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, protease assay kits available from commercial sources, such as Calbiochem™ (San Diego, Calif.). For general references, see Barrett (Ed.), Methods in Enzymology,
Proteolytic Enzymes: Serine and Cysteine Peptidases (Academic Press Inc. 1994), and Barrett et al., (Eds.), Handbook of Proteolytic Enzymes (Academic Press Inc. 1998).
Solution in vitro assays can be used to identify a PRSS8 substrate or inhibitor. Solid phase systems can also be used to identify a substrate or inhibitor of a PRSS8 polypeptide. For example, a PRSS8 polypeptide or PRSS8 fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use o f this instrument is disclosed, for example, by [Karlsson, (1991), and Cunningham and
Wells, (1993)].
In brief, a PRSS8 polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell. A test sample is then passed through the cell. If a PRSS8 substrate or inhibitor is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index ofthe medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film. This system allows the determination on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of the stoichiometry of binding, as well as the kinetic effects of PRSS8 mutation. This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti-complement pairs.
In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of PRSS8. Such assays can employ full-length PRSS8, a biologically active fragment of PRSS8, or a fusion protein which includes all or a portion of PRSS8. As described in greater detail below, the test compound can be obtained by any suitable means, e.g., from conventional compound libraries.
Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of PRSS8 can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of PRSS8 to bind to or interact with a target molecule. The target molecule can be a molecule with which PRSS8 binds or interacts with in nature. The target molecule can be a component of a signal transduction pathway which facilitates transduction of an extracellular signal. The target PRSS8 molecule can be, for example, a second intracellular protein which has catalytic activity or a protein which facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with PRSS8.
Determining the ability of PRSS8 to bind to or interact with a target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of a polypeptide of the invention to bind to or interact with a target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (e.g., intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, IP3, etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target on an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (e.g., a regulatory element that is responsive to a polypeptide of the invention operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a cellular response. fri various embodiments of the above assay methods of the present invention, it may be desirable to immobilize PRSS8 (or a PRSS8 target molecule) to facilitate separation of complex ed from uncomplexed forms of one or both ofthe proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to PRSS8, or interaction of PRSS8 with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtitre plates, test tubes, and micro- centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both ofthe proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical; St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtitre plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or PRSS8, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtitre plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components and complex formation is measured either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of binding or activity of PRSS8 can be determined using standard techniques.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices can also be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either PRSS8 or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated polypeptide of the invention or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS
(N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals; Rockford, 111.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin- coated plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with PRSS8 or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the polypeptide of the invention to its target molecule can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or polypeptide of the invention trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with PRSS8 or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with PRSS8 or target molecule.
Another technique for drug screening which may be used provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest as described in published PCT application WO84/03564. In this method, large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface. The test compounds are reacted with PRSS8, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound PRSS8 is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified PRSS8 can also be coated d irectly o nto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non- neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support.
In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding PRSS8 specifically compete with a testcompound for binding PRSS8. In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with PRSS8.
The screening assay can also involve monitoring the expression of PRSS8. For example, regulators of expression of PRSS8 can be identified in a method in which a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA in the cell is determined. The level of expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a regulator of expression of
PRSS8 based on this comparison. For example, when expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA protein is greater (statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of PRSS8 protein or mRNA expression. Alternatively, when expression of PRSS8 protein or mRNA is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of PRSS8 protein or mRNA expression. The level of PRSS8 protein or mRNA expression in the cells can be determined by methods described below.
Binding Assays
For binding assays, the test compound is preferably a small molecule which binds to and occupies the active site of PRSS8 polypeptide, thereby making the ligand binding site inaccessible to substrate such that normal biological activity is prevented. Examples of such small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules. Potential ligands which bind to a polypeptide of the invention include, but are not limited to, the natural ligands of known PRSS8 proteases and analogues or derivatives thereof.
In binding assays, either the test compound or the PRSS8 polypeptide can comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase. Detection of a test compound which is bound to PRSS8 polypeptide can then be accomplished, for example, by direct counting of radioemmission, by scintillation counting, or by determining conversion of an appropriate substrate to a detectable product. Alternatively, binding of a test compound to a PRSS8 polypeptide can be determined without labeling either of the interactants. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect binding of a test compound with a PRSS8 polypeptide. A microphysiometer (e.g., Cytosensor™) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator ofthe interaction between a test compound and PRSS8 [Haseloff, (1988)]. Determining the ability of a test compound to bind to PRSS8 also can be accomplished using a technology such as real-time Bimolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) [McConnell, (1992); Sjolander, (1991)]. BIA is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g.,
BIAcore™). Changes in the optical phenomenon surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.
In yet another aspect of the invention, a PRSS8-like polypeptide can be used as a "bait protein" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay [Szabo, (1995); U.S.
5,283,317), to identify other proteins which bind to or interact with PRSS8 and modulate its activity.
The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. For example, in one construct, polynucleotide encoding PRSS8 can be fused to a polynucleotide encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct a DNA sequence that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") can be fused to a polynucleotide that codes for the activation domain ofthe known transcription factor.
If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact in vivo to form an protein- dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ), which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected, and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the DNA sequence encoding the protein which interacts with PRSS8.
It may be desirable to immobilize either the PRSS8 (or polynucleotide) or the test compound to facilitate separation of the bound form from unbound forms of one or both of the interactants, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Thus, either the PRSS8-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound can be bound to a solid support. Suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass or plastic slides, tissue culture plates, microtiter wells, tubes, silicon chips, or particles such as beads (including, but not limited to, latex, polystyrene, or glass beads). Any method known in the art can be used to attach PRSS8-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound to a solid support, including use of covalent and non-covalent linkages, passive absorption, or pairs of binding moieties attached respectively to the p olypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound and the solid support. Test compounds are preferably bound to the solid support in an array, so that the location of individual test compounds can be tracked. Binding of a test compound to PRSS8 (or a polynucleotide encoding for PRSS8) can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes.
In one embodiment, PRSS8 is a fusion protein comprising a domain that allows binding of PRSS8 to a solid support. For example, glutathione-S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and the non-adsorbed PRSS8; the mixture is then incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components. Binding of the interactants can be determined either directly or indirectly, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the solid support before binding is determined.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins or polynucleotides on a solid support also can be used in the screening assays ofthe invention. For example, either PRSS8 (or a polynucleotide encoding PRSS8) or a test compound can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated PRSS8 (or a polynucleotide encoding biotinylated PRSS8) or test compounds can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxysuccinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.) and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin- coated plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8, polynucleotide, or a test compound, but which do not interfere with a desired binding site, such as the active site of PRSS8, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate. Unbound target or protein can be trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies which specifically bind to PRSS8 polypeptide or test compound, enzyme- linked assays which rely on detecting an activity of PRSS8 polypeptide, and SDS gel electrophoresis under non-reducing conditions.
Screening for test compounds which bind to a PRSS8 polypeptide or polynucleotide also can be carried out in an intact cell. Any cell which comprises a PRSS8 polypeptide or polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. A PRSS8 polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Binding of the test compound to PRSS8 or a polynucleotide encoding PRSS8 is determined as described above.
Functional Assays
Test compounds can be tested for the ability to increase or decrease PRSS8 activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide. The PRSS8 activity can be measured, for example, using methods described in the specific examples, below. PRSS8 activity can be measured after contacting either a purified PRSS8 or an intact cell with a test compound. A test compound which decreases PRSS8 activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% is identified as a potential agent for decreasing PRSS8 activity. A test compound which increases PRSS8 activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% is identified as a potential agent for increasing PRSS8 activity.
Gene Expression
In another embodiment, test compounds which increase or decrease PRSS8 gene expression are identified. As used herein, the term "correlates with expression of a polynucleotide" indicates that the detection ofthe presence of nucleic acids, the same or related to a nucleic acid sequence encoding PRSS8, by northern analysis or realtime PCR is indicative of the presence of nucleic acids encoding PRSS8 in a sample, and thereby correlates with expression of the transcript from the polynucleotide encoding PRSS8. The term "microarray", as used herein, refers to an array of distinct polynucleotides or oligonucleotides arrayed on a substrate, such as paper, nylon or any other type of membrane, filter, chip, glass slide, or any other suitable solid support. A PRSS8 polynucleotide is contacted with a test compound, and the expression of an RNA or polypeptide product of PRSS8 polynucleotide is determined. The level of expression of appropriate mRNA or polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is compared to the level of expression of mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the test compound. The test compound can then be identified as a regulator of expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of mRNA or polypeptide is greater in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as a stimulator or enhancer ofthe mRNA or polypeptide expression. Alternatively, when expression of the mRNA or polypeptide is less in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as an inhibitor ofthe mRNA or polypeptide expression.
The level of PRSS8 mRNA or polypeptide expression in the cells can be determined by methods well known in the art for detecting mRNA or polypeptide. Either qualitative or quantitative methods can be used. The presence of polypeptide products of PRSS8 polynucleotide can be determined, for example, using a variety of techniques known in the art, including immunochemical methods such as radioimmunoassay, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry. Alternatively, polypeptide synthesis can be determined in vivo, in a cell culture, or in an in vitro translation system by detecting incorporation of labelled amino acids into PRSS8.
Such screening can be carried out either in a cell-free assay system or in an intact cell. Any cell which expresses PRSS8 polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. The PRSS8 polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Either a primary culture or an established cell line can be used.
Jest Compounds
Suitable test compounds for use in the screening assays of the invention can be obtained from any suitable source, e.g., conventional compound libraries. The test compounds can also be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the "one-bead one-compound" library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds [Lam, (1997)]. Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art. Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution or on beads, bacteria, spores, plasmids or phage.
Modeling of Regulators
Computer modeling and searching technologies permit identification of compounds, or the improvement of already identified compounds, that can modulate PRSS8 expression or activity. Having identified such a compound or composition, the active sites or regions are identified. Such sites might typically be the enzymatic active site, regulator binding sites, or ligand binding sites. The active site can be identified using methods known in the art including, for example, from the amino acid sequences of peptides, from the nucleotide sequences of nucleic acids, or from study of complexes of the relevant compound or composition with its natural ligand. In the latter case, chemical or X-ray crystallographic methods can b e used to find the active site by finding where on the factor the complexed ligand is found.
Next, the three dimensional geometric structure ofthe active site is determined. This can be done by known methods, including X-ray crystallography, which can determine a complete molecular structure. On the other hand, solid or liquid phase
NMR can be used to determine certain intramolecular distances. Any other experimental method of structure determination can be used to obtain partial or complete g eometric s tructures. T he g eometric s tructures m ay b e m easured with a complexed ligand, natural or artificial, which may increase the accuracy ofthe active site structure determined.
If an incomplete or insufficiently accurate s tructure i s d etermined, the m ethods o f computer based numerical modeling can be used to complete the structure or improve its accuracy. Any recognized modeling method may be used, including parameterized models specific to particular biopolymers such as proteins or nucleic acids, molecular dynamics models based on computing molecular motions, statistical mechanics models based on thermal ensembles, or combined models. For most types of models, standard molecular force fields, representing the forces between constituent atoms and groups, are necessary, and can be selected from force fields known in physical chemistry. The incomplete or less accurate experimental structures can serve as constraints on the complete and more accurate structures computed by these modeling methods.
Finally, having determined the structure of the active site, either experimentally, by modeling, or by a combination, candidate modulating compounds can be identified by searching databases containing compounds along with information on their molecular structure. Such a search seeks compounds having structures that match the determined active site structure and that interact with the groups defining the active site. Such a search can be manual, but is preferably computer assisted. These compounds found from this search are potential PRSS8 modulating compounds.
Alternatively, these methods can be used to identify improved modulating compounds from an already known modulating compound or ligand. The composition of the known compound can be modified and the structural effects of modification can be determined using the experimental and computer modeling methods described above applied to the new composition. The altered structure is then compared to the active site structure ofthe compound to determine if an improved fit or interaction results. In this manner systematic variations in composition, such as by varying side groups, can be quickly evaluated to obtain modified modulating compounds or ligands of improved specificity or activity.
Therapeutic Indications and Methods
It was found by the present applicant that PRSS8 is expressed in various human tissues.
Cardiovascular Disorders
Heart failure is defined as a pathophysiological state in which an abnormality of cardiac function is responsible for the failure of the heart to pump blood at a rate commensurate with the requirement of the metabolizing tissue. It includes all forms of pumping failures such as high-output and low-output, acute and chronic, right- sided or left-sided, systolic or diastolic, independent ofthe underlying cause.
Myocardial infarction (MI) is generally caused by an abrupt decrease in coronary blood flow that follows a thrombotic occlusion of a coronary artery previously narrowed by arteriosclerosis. MI prophylaxis (primary and secondary prevention) is included as well as the acute treatment of MI and the prevention of complications.
Ischemic diseases are conditions in which the coronary flow is restricted resulting in a perfusion which is inadequate to meet the myocardial requirement for oxygen. This group of diseases includes stable angina, unstable angina and asymptomatic ischemia.
Arrhythmias include all forms of atrial and ventricular tachyarrhythmias, atrial tachycardia, atrial flutter, atrial fibrillation, atrio-ventricular reentrant tachycardia, preexitation syndrome, ventricular tachycardia, ventricular flutter, ventricular fibrillation, as well as bradycardic forms of arrhythmias.
Hypertensive vascular diseases include primary as well as all kinds of secondary arterial hypertension, renal, endocrine, neurogenic, others. The genes may be used as drug targets for the treatment of hypertension as well as for the prevention of all complications arising from cardiovascular diseases.
Peripheral vascular diseases are defined as vascular diseases in which arterial and/or venous flow is reduced resulting in an imbalance between blood supply and tissue oxygen demand. It includes chronic peripheral arterial occlusive disease (PAOD), acute arterial thrombosis and embolism, inflammatory vascular disorders, Raynaud's phenomenon and venous disorders.
Atherosclerosis is a cardiovascular disease in which the vessel wall is remodeled, compromising the lumen of the vessel. The atherosclerotic remodeling process involves accumulation of cells, both smooth muscle cells and monocyte/macrophage inflammatory cells, in the intima of the vessel wall. These cells take up lipid, likely from the circulation, to form a mature atherosclerotic lesion. Although the formation of these lesions is a chronic process, occurring over decades of an adult human life, the m ajority of the morbidity associated with atherosclerosis occurs when a lesion ruptures, releasing thrombogenic debris that rapidly occludes the artery. When such an acute event occurs in the coronary artery, myocardial infarction can ensue, and in the worst case, can result in death.
The formation of the atherosclerotic lesion can be considered to occur in five overlapping stages such as migration, lipid accumulation, recruitment of inflammatory cells, proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells, and extracellular matrix deposition. Each of these processes can be shown to occur in man and in animal models of atherosclerosis, but the relative contribution of each to the pathology and clinical significance ofthe lesion is unclear.
Thus, a need exists for therapeutic methods and agents to treat cardiovascular pathologies, such as atherosclerosis and other conditions related to coronary artery disease.
Cardiovascular diseases include but are not limited to disorders of the heart and the vascular system like congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, ischemic diseases of the heart, all kinds of atrial and ventricular arrhythmias, hypertensive vascular diseases, peripheral vascular diseases, and atherosclerosis.
Too high or too low levels of fats in the bloodstream, especially cholesterol, can cause long-term problems. The risk to develop atherosclerosis and coronary artery or carotid artery disease (and thus the risk of having a heart attack or stroke) increases with the total cholesterol level increasing. Nevertheless, extremely low cholesterol levels may not be healthy. Examples of disorders of lipid metabolism are hyperlipidemia (abnormally high levels of fats (cholesterol, triglycerides, or both) in the b lood, m ay b e c aused b y family history of hyperlipidemia), obesity, a high-fat diet, lack of exercise, moderate to high alcohol consumption, cigarette smoking, poorly controlled diabetes, and an underactive thyroid gland), hereditary hyperlipidemias (type I hyperlipoproteinemia (familial hyperchylomicronemia), type π hyperlipoproteinemia (familial hypercholesterolemia), type HI hyperlipo- proteinemia, type IV hyperlipoproteinemia, or type V hyperlipoproteinemia), hypolipoproteinemia, lipidoses (caused by abnormalities in the enzymes that metabolize fats), Gaucher's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Fabry's disease, Wolman's disease, cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis, sitosterolemia, Refsum's disease, or Tay-Sachs disease.
Kidney disorders may lead to hypertension or hypotension. Examples for kidney problems p ossibly 1 eading to hypertension are renal artery stenosis, pyelonephritis, glomerulonephritis, kidney tumors, polycistic kidney disease, injury to the kidney, or radiation therapy affecting the kidney. Excessive urination may lead to hypotension.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following cardiovascular related tissues: pericardium, heart atrium (left), heart ventricle (left), aorta sclerotic, pulmonic valve, coronary artery smooth muscle primary cells, coronary artery endothel cells. Expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue aorta sclerotic and healthy tissue demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of cardiovascular diseases. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat cardiovascular diseases.
Gastrointestinal and Liver Diseases
Gastrointestinal diseases comprise primary or secondary, acute or chronic diseases of the organs ofthe gastrointestinal tract which may be acquired or inherited, benign or malignant or metaplastic, and which may affect the organs ofthe gastrointestinal tract or the body as a whole. They comprise but are not limited to 1) disorders of the esophagus like achalasia, vigoruos achalasia, dysphagia, cricopharyngeal incoordination, pre-esophageal dysphagia, diffuse esophageal spasm, globus sensation, Barrett's metaplasia, gastroesophageal reflux, 2) disorders of the stomach and duodenum like functional dyspepsia, inflammation of the gastric mucosa, gastritis, stress gastritis, chronic erosive gastritis, atrophy of gastric glands, metaplasia of gastric tissues, gastric ulcers, duodenal ulcers, neoplasms of the stomach, 3) disorders of the pancreas like acute or chronic pancreatitis, insufficiency of the exocrinic or endocrinic tissues of the pancreas like steatorrhea, diabetes, neoplasms of the exocrine or endocrine pancreas like 3.1) multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome, ductal adenocarcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, islet cell tumors, insulinoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, glucagonoma, Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, Vipo a syndrome, malabsorption syndrome, 4) disorders of the bowel like chronic inflammatory diseases of the bowel, Crohn's disease, ileus, diarrhea and constipation, colonic inertia, megacolon, malabsorption syndrome, ulcerative colitis, 4.1) functional bowel disorders like irritable bowel syndrome, 4.2) neoplasms of the bowel like familial polyposis, adenocarcinoma, primary malignant lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi's sarcoma, polyps, cancer ofthe colon and rectum.
Liver diseases comprise primary or secondary, acute or chronic diseases or injury of the liver which may be acquired or inherited, benign or malignant, and which may affect the liver or the body as a whole. They comprise but are not limited to disorders of the bilirubin metabolism, jaundice, syndroms of Gilbert's, Crigler-Najjar, Dubin- Johnson and Rotor; intrahepatic cholestasis, hepatomegaly, portal hypertension, ascites, Budd-Chiari syndrome, portal-systemic encephalopathy, fatty liver, steatosis, Reye's syndrome, liver diseases due to alcohol, alcoholic hepatitis or cirrhosis, fibrosis and cirrhosis, fibrosis and cirrhosis of the liver due to inborn errors of metabolism or exogenous substances, storage diseases, syndromes of Gaucher's, Zellweger's, Wilson's - disease, acute or chronic hepatitis, viral hepatitis and its variants, inflammatory conditions of the liver due to viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, helminths; drug induced disorders of the liver, chronic liver diseases like primary sclerosing cholangitis, alpha] -antitrypsin-deficiency, primary biliary cirrhosis, postoperative liver disorders like postoperative intrahepatic cholestasis, hepatic granulomas, vascular liver disorders associated with systemic disease, benign or malignant neoplasms ofthe liver, disturbance of liver metabolism in the new-born or prematurely born. The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the gastroenterological system: stomach, colon, small intestine, ileum, ileum chronic inflammation, rectum, salivary gland, liver liver cirrhosis. The expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue ileum chronic inflammation and healthy tissue ileum, between diseased tissue liver liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue liver demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of gastroenterological disorders. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat gastroenterological disorders.
Endocrine System and Hormones
The endocrine system consists of a group of organs whose main function is to produce and secrete hormones directly into the bloodstream. The major organs ofthe endocrine system are the hypothalamus, the pituitary gland, thyroid gland, the parathyroid glands, the islets of the pancreas, the adrenal glands, the testes, and the ovaries.
The hypothalamus secretes several hormones that stimulate the pituitary: Some trigger the release of pituitary hormones; others suppress the release of pituitary hormones.
The pituitary gland coordinates many functions of the other endocrine glands, but some pituitary hormones have direct effects.
The insulin-secreting cells of the pancreas respond to glucose and fatty acids. Parathyroid cells respond to calcium and phosphate. The adrenal medulla (part ofthe adrenal gland) responds to direct stimulation by the parasympathetic nervous system.
When endocrine glands malfunction, hormone levels in the blood can become abnormally high or low, disrupting body functions. Many disorders are caused by malfunction of the endocrine system or hormones. Examples of such disorders are presented in the following.
Diabetes mellitus is a disorder in which blood levels of glucose are abnormally high because the body doesn't release or use insulin adequately.
People with type I diabetes mellitus (insulin-dependent diabetes) produce little or no insulin at all. In type I diabetes more than 90 percent of the insulin-producing cells (beta cells) of the pancreas are permanently destroyed. The resulting insulin deficiency is severe, and to survive, a person with type I diabetes must regularly inject insulin.
In type LI diabetes mellitus (non-insulin-dependent diabetes) the body develops resistance to insulin effects, resulting in a relative insulin deficiency.
The pancreas has two major functions: to secrete fluid containing digestive enzymes into the duodenum and to secrete the hormones insulin and glucagon. Chronic pancreatitis is a long-standing inflammation of the pancreas. Eventually, the insulin- secreting cells of the pancreas may be destroyed, gradually leading to diabetes. An insulinoma is a rare type of pancreatic tumor that secretes insulin. The symptoms of an insulinoma result from low blood glucose levels. A gastrinoma is a pancreatic tumor that produces excessive levels of the hormone gastrin, which stimulates the stomach to secrete acid and enzymes, causing peptic ulcers. The excess gastrin secreted by the gastrinoma causes symptoms, called the Zollinger-Ellison syndrome. A glucagonoma is a tumor that produces the hormone glucagon, which raises the level of glucose in the blood and produces a distinctive rash.
Diabetes insipidus is a disorder in which insufficient levels of antidiuretic hormone cause excessive thirst (polydipsia) and excessive production of very dilute urine (polyuria). D iabetes insipidus results from the decreased production of antidiuretic hormone (vasopressin). The body has two adrenal glands. The medulla of the adrenal glands secretes hormones such as adrenaline (epinephrine) that affect blood pressure, heart rate, sweating, and other activities also regulated by the sympathetic nervous system. The cortex secretes many different hormones, including corticosteroids (cortisone-like hormones), androgens (male hormones), and mineralocorticoids, which control blood pressure and the levels of salt and potassium in the body.
A diseases characterized by underactive adrenal glands is Addison's disease (adrenocortical insufficiency).
Several disorders are characterized by overactive Adrenal Glands. The causes can be changes in the adrenal glands themselves or overstimulation by the pituitary gland. Examples of these diseases are listed in the following.
Overproduction of androgenic steroids (testosterone and similar hormones, leads to virilization), overproduction of corticosteroids (causes could be tumors of the pituitary or the adrenal gland, results in Cushing's syndrome), Nelson's syndrome (developed b y p eople w ho have both adrenal glands removed, characterized by an enlargement of the pituitary gland), Overproduction of aldosterone (hyperaldo- steronism), Conn's syndrome (hyperaldosterism caused by a tumor), pheo- chromocytoma (a tumor that originating from the adrenal gland's chromaffin cells, causing overproduction of catecholamines).
The thyroid is a small gland located under the Adam's apple. It secretes thyroid hormones, which control the metabolic rate. The thyroid gland traps iodine and processes it into thyroid hormones. The euthyroid sick syndrome is characterized by lack of conversion of the T4 form of thyroid hormone to the T3 form. Hyperthyroidism (overactive thyroid gland, production of too much hormone) may have several causes. Thyroiditis (an inflammation of the thyroid gland), typically leads to a phase of hyperthyroidism. The inflammation may damage the thyroid gland, so that in later stages the disease is characterized by transient or permanent underactivity (hypothyroidism). Toxic thyroid nodules (adenomas) often produce thyroid hormone in large quantities. Toxic multinodular goiter (Plummer's disease) is a disorder in which there are many nodules. Graves' disease (toxic diffuse goiter) is believed to be caused by an antibody that stimulates the thyroid to produce too much thyroid hormone. In toxic nodular goiter, one or more nodules in the thyroid produce too much thyroid hormone and aren't under the control of thyroid-stimulating hormone. Secondary hyperthyroidism may (rarely) be caused by a pituitary tumor that secretes too much thyroid-stimulating hormone, by resistance of the pituitary to thyroid hormone, which results in the pituitary gland secreting too much thyroid- stimulating hormone, or by a hydatidiform mole in women. Thyroid storm is a sudden extreme overactivity of the thyroid gland is a life-threatening emergency requiring prompt treatment.
Hypothyroidism is a condition in which the thyroid gland is underactive and produces too little thyroid hormone. Very severe hypothyroidism is called myxedema. In Hashimoto's thyroiditis (autoimmune thyroiditis) the thyroid gland is often enlarged, and hypothyroidism results because the gland's functioning areas are gradually destroyed. Rarer causes of hypothyroidism include some inherited disorders which are caused by abnormalities of the enzymes in thyroid cells. In other rare disorders, either the hypothalamus or the pituitary gland fails to secrete enough ofthe hormone needed to stimulate normal thyroid function.
Other examples of Thyroiditis are silent lymphocytic thyroiditis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, or subacute granulomatous thyroiditis.
Thyroid cancer is any one of four main types of malignancy ofthe thyroid: papillary, follicular, anaplastic, or medullary.
The pituitary is a pea-sized gland that sits in a bony structure (sella turcica) at the base of the brain. The sella turcica protects the pituitary but allows very little room for expansion. If the pituitary enlarges, it tends to push upward, often pressing on the areas of the brain that carry signals from the eyes, possibly resulting in headaches or impaired vision. The pituitary gland has two distinct parts: the anterior (front) and the posterior (back) lobes. The anterior lobe produces (secretes) hormones that ultimately control the function of the thyroid gland, adrenal glands, and reproductive organs
(ovaries and testes); milk production (lactation) in the breasts; and overall body growth. It also produces hormones that cause the skin to darken and that inhibit pain sensations. The posterior lobe produces hormones that regulate water balance, stimulate the let-down of milk from the breasts in lactating women, and stimulate contractions of the uterus.
Examples for disorders of the pituitary gland are Empty Sella Syndrome; hypopituitarism (an underactive pituitary gland); acromegaly, which is excessive growth caused by oversecretion of growth hormone, which is almost always caused by a benign pituitary tumor (adenoma); galactorrhea, which is the production of breast milk in men or in women who aren't breastfeeding, in both sexes, the most common cause of galactorrhea is a prolactin-producing tumor (prolactinoma) in the pituitary gland.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the endo- crinological system: thyroid, thyroid tumor, p ancreas, p ancreas liver cirrhosis. The expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue thyroid tumor and healthy tissue thyroid, between diseased tissue pancreas liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue pancreas demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of endocrinological disorders. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat endocrinological disorders.
Dermatologic Disorders The skin serves several functions. It's an multi-layered organ system that builds an effective protective cover and regulates body temperature, senses painful and pleasant stimuli, keeps substances from entering the body, and provides a shield from the sun's harmful effects. Skin color, texture, and folds help mark people as individuals. Thus, skin disorders or diseases often have important consequences for physical and mental health. Skin disorders include, but are not limited to the conditions described in the following.
Itching (pruritus) is a sensation that instinctively demands scratching, which may be caused by a skin condition or a systemic diseas.
Superficial Skin Disorders affect the uppermost layer of the skin, the stratum corneum or the keratin layer, and it consists of many layers of flattened, dead cells and acts as a barrier to protect the underlying tissue from injury and infection. Disorders of the superficial skin layers involve the stratum corneum and deeper layers ofthe epidermis.
Examples of superficial skin disorders are provided in the following.
Dry skin often occurs in people past middle age, severe dry skin (ichthyosis) results from an inherited scaling disease, such as ichthyosis vulgaris or epidermolytic hyperkeratosis. Ichthyosis also results from nonhereditary disorders, such as leprosy, underactive thyroid, lymphoma, AIDS, and sarcoidosis.
Keratosis pilaris is a common disorder in which dead cells shed from the upper layer of skin and form plugs that fill the openings of hair follicles.
A callus is an area on the stratum corneum or keratin layer, that becomes abnormally thick in response to repeated rubbing.
A corn is a pea-sized, thickened area of keratin that occurs on the feet. Psoriasis is a chronic, recurring disease recognizable by silvery scaling bumps and various-sized plaques (raised patches). An abnormally high rate of growth and turnover of skin cells causes the scaling.
Pityriasis rosea is a mild disease that causes scaly, rose-colored, inflamed skin. Pityriasis rosea is possibly caused by an infectious agent, although none has b een identified.
Lichen planus, a recurring itchy disease, starts as a rash of small discrete bumps that then combine and become rough, scaly plaques (raised patches).
Dermatitis (eczema) is an inflammation of the upper layers of the skin, causing blisters, redness, swelling, oozing, scabbing, scaling, and usually itching.
Forms of dermatitis are contact dermatitis, or chronic dermatitis of the hands and feet, e.g. Pompholyx.
Further examples of dermatitic disorders are atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, nummular dermatitis, generalized exfoliative dermatitis, stasis dermatitis, or localized scratch dermatitis (lichen simplex chronicus, neurodermatitis).
Other skin disorders are caused by inflammation. The skin can break out in a variety of rashes, sores, and blisters. Some skin eruptions can even be life threatening.
Drug rashes are side effects of medications, mainly allergic reactions to medications.
Toxic epidermal necrolysis is a life-threatening skin disease in which the top layer of the skin peels off in sheets. This condition can be caused by a reaction to a drug, or by some other serious disease. Erythema multiforme, often caused by herpes simplex is a disorder characterized by patches of red, raised skin that often look like targets and usually are distributed symmetrically over the body.
Erythema nodosum is an inflammatory disorder that produces tender red bumps
(nodules) under the skin, most often over the shins but occasionally on the arms and other areas.
Granuloma annulare is a chronic skin condition of unknown cause in which small, firm, raised bumps form a ring with normal or slightly sunken skin in the center.
Some skin disorders are characterized as blistering diseases. Three autoimmune diseases—pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, and dermatitis he etiformis~are among the most serious.
Pemphigus is an uncommon, sometimes fatal, disease in which blisters (bullae) of varying sizes break out on the skin, the lining of the mouth, and other mucous membranes.
Bullous pemphigoid is an autoimmune disease that causes blistering.
Dermatitis herpetiformis is an autoimmune disease in which clusters of intensely itchy, small blisters and hive-like swellings break out and persist. In people with the disease, proteins in wheat, rye, barley, and oat products activate the immune system, which attacks parts ofthe skin and somehow causes the rash and itching.
Sweating disorders also belong to skin disorders.
Prickly heat is an itchy skin rash caused by trapped sweat. Excessive sweating (hyperhidrosis) may affect the entire surface ofthe skin, but often it's limited to the palms, soles, armpits, or groin. The affected area is often pink or bluish white, and in severe cases the skin may be cracked, scaly, and soft, especially on the feet.
Skin disorders can affect the sebaceous glands. The sebaceous glands, which secrete oil onto the skin, lie in the dermis, the skin layer just below the surface layer (epidermis). Sebaceous gland disorders include acne, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, and sebaceous cysts.
Acne is a common skin condition in which the skin pores become clogged, leading to pimples and inflamed, infected abscesses (collections of pus). Acne tends to develop in teenagers.
Acne is further subdivided in superficial acne or deep acne.
Rosacea is a persistent skin disorder that produces redness, tiny pimples, and broken blood vessels, usually on the central area ofthe face.
Perioral dermatitis is a red, often bumpy rash around the mouth and on the chin.
A sebaceous cyst (keratinous cyst) is a slow-growing bump containing dead skin, skin excretions, and other skin particles. These cysts may be small and can appear anywhere.
Hair Disorders also are skin disorders. Hair disorders include excessive hairiness, baldness, and ingrown beard hairs.
The skin can be infected by bacteria. Bacterial skin infections can range in seriousness from minor acne to a life-threatening condition, such as staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome. The most common bacterial skin infections are caused by Staphylococcus and Streptococcus. Risk factors for skin infections are for example diabetes, AJDS or skin leasons.
Impetigo is a skin infection, caused by Staphylococcus or Streptococcus, leading to the formation of small pus-filled blisters (pustules).
Folhculitis is an inflammation of the hair follicles caused by infection with Staphylococcus. The infection damages the hairs, which can be easily pulled out.
Boils (furuncles) are large, tender, swollen, raised areas caused by staphylococcal infection around hair follicles.
Carbuncles are clusters of boils that result in extensive sloughing of skin and scar formation. Carbuncles develop and heal more slowly than single boils and may lead to fever and fatigue.
Erysipelas is a skin infection caused by Streptococcus. A shiny, red, slightly swollen, tender rash develops, often with small blisters. Lymph nodes around the infected area may become enlarged and painful.
Cellulitis is a spreading infection in, and sometimes beneath, the deep layers of the skin. Cellulitis most often results from a streptococcal infection or a staphylococcal infection. However, many other bacteria can also cause cellulitis.
Paronychia is an infection around the edge of a fingernail or toenail. Paronychia can be caused by many different bacteria, including Pseudomonas and Proteus, and by fungi, such as Candida.
Staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome is a widespread skin infection that can lead to toxic shock syndrome, in which the skin peels off as though burned. Certain types of staphylococci produce a toxic substance that causes the top layer of skin (epidermis) to split from the rest ofthe skin.
Erythrasma is an infection of the top layers of the skin by the bacterium Corynebacterium minutissimum.
Skin infections are often caused by fungi. Fungi that infect the skin (dermatophytes) live only in the dead, topmost layer (stratum corneum) and don't penetrate deeper. Some fungal infections cause no symptoms or produce only a small amount of irritation, scaling, and redness. Other fungal infections cause itching, swelling, blisters, and severe scaling.
Ringworm is a fungal skin infection caused by several different fungi and generally classified by its location on the body.
Examples are Athlete's foot (foot ringworm, caused by either Trichophyton or Epidermophyton), jock itch (groin ringworm, can be caused by a variety of fungi and yeasts), scalp ringworm, caused by Trichophyton or M icrosporum), nail ringworm and body ringworm (caused by Trichophyton).
Candidiasis (yeast infection, moniliasis) is an infection by the yeast Candida. Candida usually infects the skin and mucous membranes, such as the lining of the mouth and vagina. Rarely, it invades deeper tissues as well as the blood, causing life- threatening systemic candidiasis. The following types of Candida infections can be distinguished: I nfections i n s kinfolds ( intertriginous i nfections), v aginal and penile
Candida infections (vulvovaginitis), thrush, Perleche (candida infection at the corners of the mouth), candidal paronychia (candida growing in the nail beds, produces painful swelling and pus).
Tinea versicolor is a fungal infection that causes white to light brown patches on the skin. The skin can also be affected by parasites, mainly tiny insects or worms.
Scabies is a mite infestation that produces tiny reddish pimples and severe itching. Scabies is caused by the itch mite Sarcoptes scabiei.
Lice infestation (pediculosis) causes intense itching and can affect almost any area of the skin. Head lice and pubic lice are two different species.
Creeping eruption (cutaneous larva migrans) is a hookworm infection transmitted from warm, moist soil to exposed skin. The infection is caused by a hookworm that normally inhabits dogs and cats.
Many types of viruses invade the skin. The medically important once cause warts and cold s ores ( fever b listers) o n the 1 ip. W arts are c aused b y the papillomavirus, and cold sores are caused by the herpes simplex virus. Another important group of viruses that infect the skin belongs to the poxvirus family. Chickenpox remains a common childhood infection. A poxvirus also causes molluscum contagiosum, which is an infection ofthe skin by a poxvirus that causes skin-colored, smooth, waxy bumps.
Sunlight can cause severe skin damage. Sunburn results from an overexposure to ultraviolet B (UVB) rays. Some sunburned people develop a fever, chills, and weakness, and those with very bad sunburns even may go into shock—low blood pressure, and fainting.
People who are in the sun a lot have an increased risk of skin cancers, including squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, and to some degree, malignant melanoma. Drugs, among other causes, can cause skin photosensitivity reactions which can occur after only a few minutes of sun exposure. These reactions include redness, peeling, hives, blisters, and thickened, scaling patches (photosensitivity).
Some skin disorders are characterized as Pigment Disorders.
Albinism is a rare, inherited disorder in which no melanin is formed.
Vitiligo is a condition in which a loss of melanocytes results in smooth, whitish patches of skin, which may occur after unusual physical trauma and tends to occur with certain other diseases, including Addison's disease, diabetes, pernicious anemia, and thyroid disease.
Tinea versicolor is a fungal infection of the skin that sometimes results in hyperpigmentation.
Melasma appears on the face (usually the forehead, cheeks, temples, and jaws) as a roughly symmetric group of dark brown patches of pigmentation that are often clearly delineated.
Skin growths, which are abnormal accumulations of different types of cells, may be present at birth or develop later. Noncancerous (benign) growth and cancerous (malignant) growth types are distinguished.
Moles (nevi) are small, usually dark, skin growths that develop from pigment- producing cells in the skin (melanocytes). Most moles are harmless. However, noncancerous moles can develop into malignant melanoma.
Skin tags are soft, small, flesh-colored or slightly darker skin flaps that appear mostly on the neck, in the armpits, or in the groin. Lipomas are soft deposits of fatty material that grow under the skin, causing round or oval lumps.
Angiomas are collections of abnormally dense blood or lymph vessels that are usually located in and below the skin and that cause red or purple discolorations.
Examples of angiomas are port-wine stains, strawberry marks, cavernous hemangiomas, spider angiomas, and lymphangiomas.
Pyo genie granulomas are scarlet, brown, or blue-black slightly raised areas caused by increased growth of capillaries (the smallest blood vessels) and swelling of the surrounding tissue.
Seborrheic keratoses (sometimes called seborrheic warts) are flesh-colored, brown, or black growths that can appear anywhere on the skin.
Dermatofibromas are small, red-to-brown bumps (nodules) that result from an accumulation of fibroblasts, the cells that populate the soft tissue under the skin.
Keratoacanthomas are round, firm, usually flesh-colored growths that have an unusual central crater containing a pasty material.
Keloids are smooth, shiny, slightly pink, often dome-shaped, proliferative growths of fibrous tissue that form over areas of injury or over surgical wounds.
Skin cancer is the most common form of cancer, but most types of skin cancers are curable.
Basal cell carcinoma is a cancer that originates in the lowest layer ofthe epidermis. Squamous cell carcinoma is cancer that originates in the middle layer of the epidermis.
Bowen's disease is a form of squamous cell carcinoma that's confined to the epidermis and hasn't yet invaded the underlying dermis.
Melanoma is a cancer that originates in the pigment-producing cells of the skin (melanocytes).
Kaposi's sarcoma is a cancer that originates in the blood vessels, usually of the skin.
Paget's disease i s a r are t ype o f s kin c ancer t hat 1 ooks 1 ike an i nflamed, r eddened patch of skin (dermatitis); it originates in glands in or under the skin.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following dermatological tissues: skin.
The expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of dermatological diseases. Additionally the activity ofthe human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat those diseases.
Cancer Disorders
Cancer disorders within the scope of this definition comprise any disease of an organ or tissue in mammals characterized by poorly controlled or uncontrolled multiplication of normal or abnormal cells in that tissue and its effect on the body as a whole. Cancer diseases within the scope of the definition comprise benign neoplasms, dysplasias, hyperplasias as well as neoplasms showing metastatic growth or any other transformations like e.g. leukoplakias which often precede a breakout of cancer. C ells and tissues are c ancerous when they grow more rapidly than normal cells, displacing or spreading into the surrounding healthy tissue or any other tissues ofthe body described as metastatic growth, assume abnormal shapes and sizes, show changes in their nucleocytoplasmatic ratio, nuclear polychromasia, and finally may cease. Cancerous cells and tissues may affect the body as a whole when causing paraneoplastic syndromes or if cancer occurs within a vital organ or tissue, normal function will be impaired or halted, with possible fatal results. The ultimate involvement of a vital organ by cancer, either primary or metastatic, may lead to the death of the mammal affected. Cancer tends to spread, and the extent of its spread is usually related to an individual's chances of surviving the disease. Cancers are generally said to be in one of three stages of growth: early, or localized, when a tumor is still confined to the tissue of origin, or primary site; direct extension, where cancer cells from the tumour have invaded adjacent tissue or have spread only to regional lymph nodes; or metastasis, in which cancer cells have migrated to distant parts of the body from the primary site, via the blood or lymph systems, and have established secondary sites of infection. Cancer is said to be malignant because of its tendency to cause death if not treated. Benign tumors usually do not c ause death, although they may if they interfere with a normal body function by virtue of their location, size, or paraneoplastic side effects. Hence benign tumors fall under the definition of cancer within the scope of this definition as well. In general, cancer cells divide at a higher rate than do normal cells, but the distinction between the growth of cancerous and normal tissues is not so much the rapidity of cell division in the former as it is the partial or complete loss of growth restraint in cancer cells and their failure to differentiate into a useful, limited tissue of the type that characterizes the functional equilibrium of growth of normal tissue. Cancer tissues may express certain molecular receptors and probably are influenced by the host's susceptibility and immunity and it is known that certain cancers ofthe breast and prostate, for example, are considered dependent on specific hormones for their existence. The term "cancer" under the scope of the definition is not limited to simple benign neoplasia but comprises any other benign and malign neoplasia like 1) Carcinoma, 2) Sarcoma, 3) Carcinosarcoma, 4) Cancers of the blood-forming tissues, 5) tumors of nerve tissues including the brain, 6) cancer of skin cells. Cancer according to 1) occurs in epithelial tissues, which cover the outer body (the skin) and line mucous membranes and the inner cavitary structures of organs e.g. such as the breast, lung, the respiratory and gastrointestinal tracts, the endocrine glands, and the genitourinary system. Ductal or glandular elements may persist in epithelial tumors, as in adenocarcinomas like e.g. thyroid adenocarcinoma, gastric adenocarcinoma, uterine adenocarcinoma. C ancers of the pavement-cell epithelium of the skin and of certain mucous membranes, such as e .g. c ancers o f the tongue, lip, larynx, urinary bladder, uterine cervix, or penis, may be termed epidermoid or squamous-cell carcinomas of the respective tissues and are in the scope of the definition of cancer as well. Cancer according to 2) develops in connective tissues, including fibrous tissues, adipose (fat) tissues, muscle, blood vessels, bone, and cartilage like e.g. osteogenic sarcoma; liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, synovial sarcoma. Cancer according to 3) is cancer that develops in both epithelial and connective tissue. Cancer disease within the scope of this definition may be primary or secondary, whereby primary indicates that the cancer originated in the tissue where it is found rather than was established as a secondary site through metastasis from another lesion. Cancers and tumor diseases within the scope of this definition may be benign or malign and may affect all anatomical structures of the body of a mammal. By example but not limited to they comprise cancers and tumor diseases of I) the bone marrow and bone marrow derived cells (leukemias), π) the endocrine and exocrine glands like e.g. thyroid, parathyroid, pituitary, adrenal glands, salivary glands, pancreas IH) the breast, like e.g. benign or malignant tumors in the mammary glands of either a male or a female, the mammary ducts, adenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, comedo carcinoma, Paget's disease of the nipple, inflammatory carcinoma of the young woman, IN) the lung, N) the stomach, VI) the liver and spleen, VII) the small intestine, VLfl) the colon, LX) the bone and its supportive and connective tissues like malignant or benign bone tumour, e.g. malignant osteogenic sarcoma, benign osteoma, cartilage tumors; like malignant chondrosarcoma or benign chondroma; bone marrow tumors like malignant myeloma or b enign e osinophilic granuloma, as well as metastatic tumors from bone tissues at other locations of the body; X) the mouth, throat, larynx, and the esophagus, XI) the urinary bladder and the internal and external organs and structures of the urogenital system of male and female like ovaries, uterus, cervix of the uterus, testes, and prostate gland, XH) the prostate, XflT) the pancreas, like ductal carcinoma of the pancreas; XIV) the lymphatic tissue like lymphomas and other tumors of lymphoid origin, XV) the skin, XNI) cancers and tumor diseases of all anatomical structures belonging to the respiration and respiratory systems including thoracal muscles and linings, XNπ) primary or secondary cancer of the lymph nodes XNILT) the tongue and of the bony structures of the hard palate or sinuses, XNIN) the mouth, cheeks, neck and salivary glands, XX) the blood vessels including the heart and their linings, XXI) the smooth or skeletal muscles and their ligaments and linings, XXIJ) the peripheral, the autonomous, the central nervous system including the cerebellum, XXITI) the adipose tissue.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following cancer tissues: thyroid tumor, breast tumor, prostate cancer. The expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue thyroid tumor and healthy tissue thyroid, between diseased tissue breast tumor and healthy tissue breast demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRΝA can be utilized to diagnose of cancer. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat cancer.
Inflammatory Diseases
Inflammatory diseases comprise diseases triggered by cellular or non-cellular mediators of the immune system or tissues causing the inflammation of body tissues and subsequently producing an acute or chronic inflammatory condition. Examples for such inflammatory diseases are hypersensitivity reactions of type I - IN, for example but not limited to hypersensitivity diseases of the lung including asthma, atopic diseases, allergic rhinitis or conjunctivitis, angioedema of the lids, hereditary angioedema, antireceptor hypersensitivity reactions and autoimmune diseases,
Hashimoto's thyroiditis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Goodpasture's syndrome, pemphigus, myasthenia gravis, Grave's and Raynaud's disease, type B insulin- resistant diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, scleroderma, mixed connective tissue disease, polymyositis, sarcoidosis, glomerulonephritis, acute or chronic host versus graft reactions. The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the immune system and tissues responsive to components of the immune system as well as in the following tissues responsive to mediators of inflammation: pancreas liver cirrhosis, ileum chronic inflammation, liver liver cirrhosis. The expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue pancreas liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue pancreas, between diseased tissue ileum chronic inflammation and healthy tissue ileum, between diseased tissue liver liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue liver demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of inflammatory diseases. Additionally the activity ofthe human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat inflammatory diseases.
Disorders Related to Pulmology
Asthma is thought to arise as a result of interactions between multiple genetic and environmental factors and is characterized by three major features: 1) intermittent and reversible airway obstruction caused by bronchoconstriction, increased mucus production, and thickening ofthe walls ofthe airways that leads to a narrowing ofthe airways, 2) airway hyperresponsiveness, and 3) airway inflammation. Certain cells are critical to the inflammatory reaction of asthma and they include T cells and antigen presenting cells, B cells that produce IgE, and mast cells, basophils, eosinophils, and other cells that bind IgE. These effector cells accumulate at the site of allergic reaction in the airways and release toxic products that contribute to the acute pathology and eventually to tissue destruction related to the disorder. Other resident c ells, s uch as s mooth muscle cells, lung epithelial cells, mucus-producing cells, and nerve cells may also be abnormal in individuals with asthma and may contribute to its pathology. While the airway obstruction of asthma, presenting clinically as an intermittent wheeze and shortness of breath, is generally the most pressing symptom of the disease requiring immediate treatment, the inflammation and tissue destruction associated with the disease can lead to irreversible changes that eventually make asthma a chronic and disabling disorder requiring long-term management. Chronic obstructive pulmonary (or airways) disease (COPD) is a condition defined physiologically as airflow obstruction that generally results from a mixture of emphysema and peripheral airway obstruction due to chronic bronchitis [Botstein, 1980]. Emphysema is characterised by destruction of alveolar walls leading to abnormal enlargement of the air spaces of the lung. Chronic bronchitis is defined clinically as the presence of chronic productive cough for three months in each of two successive years. In COPD, airflow obstruction is usuallyprogressive and is only partially reversible. By far the most important risk factor for development of COPD is cigarette smoking, although the disease does also occur in non-smokers.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following tissues of the respiratory system: fetal lung, lung, trachea, primary bronchia, bronchial epithelial cells, small airway epithelial cells. The expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of respiratory diseases.
Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat those diseases.
Disorders Related to Urology
Genitourinary disorders comprise benign and malign disorders of the organs constituting the genitourinary system of female and male, renal diseases like acute or chronic renal failure, immunologically mediated renal diseases like renal transplant rejection, lupus nephritis, immune complex renal diseases, glomerulopathies, nephritis, toxic nephropathy, obstructive uropathies like benign prostatic hyperplasia
(BPH), neurogenic bladder syndrome, urinary incontinence like urge-, stress-, or overflow incontinence, pelvic pain, and erectile dysfunction.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following urological tissues: prostate, fetal kidney, kidney. The expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of urological disorders. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat urological disorders.
Metabolic Disorders
Metabolic diseases are defined as conditions which result from an abnormality in any ofthe chemical or biochemical transformations and their regulating systems essential to p roducing e nergy, to r egenerating c ellular c onstituents, to e liminating unneeded products arising from these processes, and to regulate and maintain homeostasis in a mammal regardless of whether acquired or the result of a genetic transformation.
Depending on which metabolic pathway is involved, a single defective transformation or disturbance of its regulation may produce consequences that are narrow, involving a single body function, or broad, affecting many organs, organ-systems or the body as a whole. Diseases resulting from abnormalities related to the fine and coarse mechanisms that affect each individual transformation, its rate and direction or the availability of substrates like amino acids, fatty acids, carbohydrates, minerals, cofactors, hormones, regardless whether they are inborn or acquired, are well within the scope ofthe definition of a metabolic disease according to this application.
Metabolic diseases often are caused by single defects in particular biochemical pathways, defects that are due to the deficient activity of individual enzymes or molecular receptors leading to the regulation of such enzymes. Hence in a broader sense disturbances of the underlying genes, their products and their regulation lie well within the scope of this definition of a metabolic disease. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases may affect 1) biochemical processes and tissues ubiquitous all over the body, 2) the bone, 3) the nervous system, 4) the endocrine system, 5) the muscle including the heart, 6) the skin and nervous tissue, 7) the urogenital system, 8) the homeostasis of body systems like water and electrolytes. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 1) comprise obesity, amyloidosis, disturbances ofthe amino acid metabolism like branched chain disease, hyperaminoacidemia, hyperaminoaciduria, disturbances of the metabolism of urea, hyperammonemia, mucopolysaccharidoses e.g. Maroteaux-Lamy syndrom, storage diseases like glycogen storage diseases and lipid storage diseases, glycogenosis diseases like Cori's disease, malabsorption diseases like intestinal carbohydrate malabsorption, oligosaccharidase deficiency like maltase-, lactase-, sucrase- insufficiency, disorders ofthe metabolism of fructose, disorders ofthe metabolism of galactose, galactosaemia, disturbances of carbohydrate utilization like diabetes, hypoglycemia, disturbances of pyruvate metabolism, hypolipidemia, hypolipoproteinemia, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, carnitine or carnitine acyltransferase deficiency, disturbances of the porphyrin metabolism, porphyrias, disturbances of the purine metabolism, lysosomal diseases, metabolic diseases of nerves and nervous systems like gangliosidoses, sphingolipidoses, sulfatidoses, leucodystrophies, Lesch-Nyhan syndrome. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 2) comprise osteoporosis, osteomalacia like osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteogenesis imperfecta, osteopefrosis, osteonecrosis, Paget's disease of bone, hypophosphatemia. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 3) comprise cerebellar dysfunction, disturbances of brain metabolism like dementia, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's chorea, Parkinson's disease, Pick's disease, toxic encephalopathy, demyelinating neuropathies like inflammatory neuropathy, Guillain-Barre syndrome. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 4) comprise primary and secondary metabolic disorders associated with hormonal defects like any disorder stemming from either an hyperfunction or hypofunction of some hormone-secreting endocrine gland and any combination thereof. They comprise Sipple's syndrome, pituitary gland dysfunction and its effects on other endocrine glands, such as the thyroid, adrenals, ovaries, and testes, acromegaly, hyper- and hypothyroidism, euthyroid goiter, euthyroid sick syndrome, thyroiditis, and thyroid cancer, over- or underproduction of the adrenal steroid hormones, adrenogenital syndrome, Cushing's syndrome, Addison's disease of the adrenal cortex, Addison's pernicious anemia, primary and secondary aldosteronism, diabetes insipidus, carcinoid syndrome, disturbances caused by the dysfunction of the parathyroid glands, pancreatic islet cell dysfunction, diabetes, disturbances ofthe endocrine system of the female like estrogen deficiency, resistant ovary syndrome. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 5) comprise muscle weakness, myotonia, Duchenne's and other muscular dystrophies, dystrophia myotonica of Steinert, mitochondrial myopathies like disturbances of the catabolic metabolism in the muscle, carbohydrate and lipid storage myopathies, glycogenoses, myoglobinuria, malignant hyperthermia, polymyalgia rheumatica, dermatomyositis, primary myocardial disease, cardiomyopathy. For example, but not limited t o, m etabolic diseases according to 6) comprise disorders of the ectoderm, neurofibromatosis, scleroderma and polyarteritis, Louis-Bar syndrome, von Hippel- Lindau disease, Sturge- Weber syndrome, tuberous sclerosis, amyloidosis, porphyria. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 7) comprise sexual dysfunction of the male and female. For example, but not limited to, metabolic diseases according to 8) comprise confused states and seizures due to inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone from the pituitary gland, Liddle's syndrome, Bartter's syndrome, Fanconi's syndrome, renal electrolyte wasting, diabetes insipidus.
The human PRSS8 is highly expressed in the following metabolic disease related tissues: pancreas, pancreas liver cirrhosis. The expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue pancreas liver cirrhosis and healthy tissue pancreas demonstrates that the human PRSS8 or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of metabolic diseases. Additionally the activity of the human PRSS8 can be modulated to treat metabolic diseases.
Applications
The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods for cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
The regulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of PRSS8. An agent that modulates activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally- occurring cognate ligand of the polypeptide, a peptide, a peptidomimetic, or any small molecule. In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or more of the biological activities of PRSS8. Examples of such stimulatory agents include the active PRSS8 and nucleic acid molecules encoding a portion of PRSS8. In another embodiment, the a gent i nhibits one or more of the biological activities of PRSS8. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense nucleic acid molecules and antibodies. These regulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g, by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by unwanted expression or activity of PRSS8 or a protein in the PRSS8 signaling p athway. I n one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent like any agent identified or being identifiable by a screening assay as described herein, or combination of such agents that modulate say upregulate or downregulate the expression or activity of PRSS8 or of any protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a regulator of PRSS8 as therapy to compensate for reduced or undesirably low expression or activity of PRSS8 or a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway.
Stimulation of activity or expression of PRSS8 is desirable in situations in which enzymatic activity or expression is abnormally low and in which increased activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Conversely, inhibition of enzymatic activity or expression of PRSS8 is desirable in situations in which activity or expression of PRSS8 i s abnormally high and in which decreasing its a ctivity i s 1 ikely t o h ave a beneficial effect.
This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are hereby incorporated by reference. Pharmaceutical Compositions
This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
The nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, and antibodies (also referred to herein as "active compounds") of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
The invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a regulator of PRSS8 expression or activity (and/or a regulator of the activity or expression of a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway) as well as methods for preparing such compositions by combining one or more such regulators and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Also within the invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a regulator identified using the screening assays of the invention packaged with instructions for use. For regulators that are antagonists of PRSS8 activity or which reduce PRSS8 expression, the instructions would specify use ofthe pharmaceutical composition for treatment of hematological and cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, COPD, asthma, genito-urological disorders and inflammation diseases. For regulators that are agonists of PRSS8 activity or increase PRSS8 expression, the instructions would specify use of the pharmaceutical composition for treatment of hematological and cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, COPD, asthma, genito-urological disorders and inflammation diseases.
An inhibitor of PRSS8 may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art. I n particular, purified PRSS8 may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind PRSS8. Antibodies to PRSS8 may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. Neutralizing antibodies like those which inhibit dimer formation are especially preferred for therapeutic use.
In another embodiment ofthe invention, the polynucleotides encoding PRSS8, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, the complement of the polynucleotide encoding PRSS8 may be used in situations in which it would be desirable to block the transcription ofthe mRNA. In particular, cells may be transformed with sequences complementary to polynucleotides encoding PRSS8. Thus, complementary molecules or fragments may be used to modulate PRSS8 activity, or to achieve regulation of gene function. Such technology is now well known in the art, and sense or antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding PRSS8.
Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct vectors which will express nucleic acid s equence c omplementary t o t he p olynucleotides o f t he g ene e ncoding PRSS8. These techniques are described, for example, in [Scott and Smith (1990)]. Any o f the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as dogs, c ats, c ows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a pharmaceutical composition containing PRSS8 in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for any ofthe therapeutic effects discussed above. Such pharmaceutical compositions may consist of PRSS8, antibodies to PRSS8, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of PRSS8. The compositions may be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as a stabilizing compound, which may be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water. The compositions may be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drugs or hormones.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspen- sions u sed for p arenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylene- diaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EM™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, a pharmaceutically acceptable polyol like glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyetheylene glycol, and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (e.g., a polypeptide or antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder ofthe active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed.
Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain a ny o f t he following i ngredients, or e ompounds o f a s imilar n ature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from a pressurized container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
h one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. T he m aterials c an a lso b e o btained c ommercially from A lza C orporation a nd Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. 4,522,811.
It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the p articular therapeutic effect to b e achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active c ompound for the treatment o f individuals.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration. For pharmaceutical compositions which include an antagonist of PRSS8 activity, a compound which reduces expression of PRSS8, or a compound which reduces expression or activity of a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway or any combination thereof, the instructions for administration will specify use of the composition for hematological and cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, COPD, asthma, genito-urological disorders and inflammation diseases. For pharma- ceutical compositions which include an agonist of PRSS8 activity, a compound which increases expression of PRSS8, or a compound which increases expression or activity of a protein in the PRSS8 signaling pathway or any combination thereof, the instructions for administration will specify use of the composition for cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
Diagnostics
In another embodiment, antibodies which specifically bind PRSS8 may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by the expression of PRSS8, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with PRSS8 or agonists, antagonists, and inhibitors of PRSS8. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as those described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for PRSS8 include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect PRSS8 in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent joining with a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
A variety of protocols for measuring PRSS8, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of PRSS8 expression. Normal or standard values for PRSS8 expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, preferably human, with antibody to PRSS8 under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantified by various methods, preferably by photometric means. Quantities of PRSS8 expressed in subject samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding PRSS8 may be used for diagnostic purposes. The polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantitate gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of PRSS8 may be correlated with disease. The diagnostic assay may be used to distinguish between absence, presence, and excess expression of PRSS8, and to monitor regulation of PRSS8 levels during therapeutic intervention.
Polynucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be used for the diagnosis of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders associated with expression of PRSS8. The polynucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be used in Southern, Northern, or dot-blot analysis, or other membrane- based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and ELISA assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patient biopsies to detect altered PRSS8 expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
In a particular aspect, the nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. The nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS8 may be labelled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantitated and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered fro that of a comparable control sample, the nucleotide sequences have hybridized with nucleotide sequences in the sample, and the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding PRSS 8 in the s ample indicates the presence o f the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or in monitoring the treatment of an individual patient.
In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders associated with expression of PRSS8, a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding PRSS 8, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained from normal samples may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
Determination of a Therapeutically Effective Dose
The determination of a therapeutically effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient which increases or decreases PRSS 8 activity relative to PRSS 8 activity which occurs in the absence of the therapeutically effective dose. For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. The animal model also can be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. S uch information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity, e.g., ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50%) of the population) and LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population), can be determined b y standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, LD5o/ED o. Pharmaceutical compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is used in formulating a range of dosage for human use.
The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration. The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels ofthe active ingredient or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which can be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions can be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on the half-life and clearance rate ofthe particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts can vary from 0.1 micrograms to 100,000 micrograms, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. If the reagent is a single-chain antibody, polynucleotides encoding the antibody can be constructed and introduced into a cell either ex vivo or in vivo using well-established techniques including, but not limited to, transferrin-polycation- mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome-mediated cellular fusion, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, "gene gun", and DEAE- or calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
If the expression product is mRNA, the reagent is preferably an antisense oligonucleotide or a ribozyme. Polynucleotides which express antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes can be introduced into cells by a variety of methods, as described above. P referably, a reagent reduces expression o f PRSS 8 gene or the activity of
PRSS8 by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative t o t he a bsence o f t he r eagent. T he e ffectiveness o f t he m echanism chosen to decrease the level of expression of PRSS8 gene or the activity of PRSS8 can be assessed using methods well known in the art, such as hybridization of nucleotide probes to PRSS 8 -specific mRNA, quantitative RT-PCR, immunologic detection of PRSS8, or measurement of PRSS8 activity.
In any of the embodiments described above, any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents can act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects. Any of the therapeutic methods described above can be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
Nucleic acid molecules of the invention are those nucleic acid molecules which are contained in a group of nucleic acid molecules consisting of (i) nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, (ii) nucleic acid molecules comprising the sequence of SEQ LD NO: 1, (iii) nucleic acid molecules having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, (iv)nucleic acid molecules the complementary strand of which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of (i), (ii), or (iii); and (v) nucleic acid molecules the sequence of which differs from the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of (iii) due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, wherein the polypeptide encoded by said nucleic acid molecule has PRSS 8 activity.
Polypeptides of the invention are those polypeptides which are contained in a group of polypeptides consisting of (i) polypeptides having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, (ii) polypeptides comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, (iii) polypeptides encoded by nucleic acid molecules ofthe invention and (iv) polypeptides which show at least 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, or 80% homology with a polypeptide of (i), (ii), or (iii), wherein said purified polypeptide has PRSS8 activity.
An object of the invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) contacting a test compound with a PRSS8 polypeptide, (ii) detect binding o f s aid t est c ompound t o s aid P RSS8 p olypeptide. E.g., compounds that bind to the PRSS8 polypeptide are identified potential therapeutic agents for such a disease.
Another object ofthe invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) determining the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide at a certain concentration of a test compound or in the absence of said test compound, (ii) determining the activity of said polypeptide at a different concentration of said test compound. E.g., compounds that lead to a difference in the activity of the PRSS8 polypeptide in (i) and (ii) are identified potential therapeutic agents for such a disease.
Another object ofthe invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) determining the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide at a certain concentration of a test compound, (ii) determining the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide at the presence of a compound known to be a regulator of a
PRSS8 polypeptide. E.g., compounds that show similar effects on the activity ofthe PRSS8 polypeptide in (i) as compared to compounds used in (ii) are identified potential therapeutic agents for such a disease.
Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the step of contacting is in or at the surface of a cell.
Other objects ofthe invention are methods ofthe above, wherein the cell is in vitro.
Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the step of contacting is in a cell-free system.
Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the polypeptide is coupled to a detectable label. Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the compound is coupled to a detectable label.
Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the test compound displaces a ligand which is first bound to the polypeptide.
Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the polypeptide is attached to a solid support.
Other objects of the invention are methods of the above, wherein the compound is attached to a solid support.
Another object ofthe invention is a method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) contacting a test compound with a PRSS8 polynucleotide, (ii) detect binding of said test compound to said PRSS8 polynucleotide. Compounds that, e.g., bind to the PRSS8 polynucleotide are potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of such diseases.
Another object of the invention is the method of the above, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is RNA.
Another object ofthe invention is a method ofthe above, wherein the contacting step is in or at the surface of a cell.
Another object ofthe invention is a method ofthe above, wherein the contacting step is in a cell-free system. Another object ofthe invention is a method ofthe above, wherein the polynucleotide is coupled to a detectable label.
Another object of the invention is a method of the above, wherein the test compound is coupled to a detectable label.
Another object of the invention is a method of diagnosing a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) determining the amount of a PRSS8 polynucleotide in a sample taken from said mammal, (ii) determining the amount of PRSS8 polynucleotide in healthy and/or diseased mammal. A disease is diagnosed, e.g., if there is a substantial similarity in the amount of PRSS8 polynucleotide in said test mammal as compared to a diseased mammal.
Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which binds to a PRSS 8 polypeptide.
Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide. Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide, wherein said therapeutic agent is (i) a small molecule, (ii) an RNA molecule, (iii) an antisense oligonucleotide, (iv) a polypeptide, (v) an antibody, or (vi) a ribozyme.
Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS8 polynucleotide.
Another object of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS 8 polypeptide.
Another object of the invention is the use of regulators of a PRSS 8 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal. Another object of the invention is a method for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition useful for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of (i) identifying a regulator of PRSS8, (ii) determining whether said regulator ameliorates the symptoms of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal; and (iii) combining of said regulator with an acceptable pharmaceutical carrier.
Another object of the invention is the use of a regulator of PRSS 8 for the regulation of PRSS8 activity in a mammal having a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
The examples below are provided to illustrate the subject invention. These examples are provided by way of illustration and are not included for the purpose of limiting the invention.
Examples
Example 1; Search for homologous sequences in public sequence data bases
The degree of homology can readily be calculated by known methods. Preferred methods to determine homology are designed to give the largest match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine homology are codified in publicly available computer programs such as BestFit, BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA. The BLAST programs are publicly available from NCBI and other sources in the internet.
For PRSS 8 the following hits to known sequences were identified by using the BLAST algorithm [Altschul SF, Madden TL, Schaffer AA, Zhang J, Zhang Z, Miller W, Lipman DJ; Nucleic Acids Res 1997 Sep 1; 25(17): 3389-402] and the following set of parameters: matrix = BLOSUM62 and low complexity filter. The following databases were searched: NCBI (non-redundant database) and DERWENT patent database (Geneseq).
The following hits were found:
>emb|CAD43672.1| unnamed protein product [Homo sapiens] Length = 343 Score =
711 bits (1835), Expect = 0.0 Identities = 343/343 (100%), Positives = 343/343 (100%)
>ref|NP_002764.1| prostasin preproprotein; protease, serine, 8 [Homo sapiens] sp|Q16651|PSS8_HUMAN Prostasin precursor pir||A57014 prostasin (EC 3.4.21.-) precursor - human gb|AAC41759.1| prostasin gb|AAB19071.1| prostasin gb|AAH01462.1|AAH01462 protease, serine, 8 (prostasin) [Homo sapiens] prf||2208326A prostasin Length = 343 Score = 711 bits (1835), Expect = 0.0 Identities = 343/343 (100%), Positives = 343/343 (100%) >gb|AAE71878.1| Sequence 66 from patent US 6232456 Length = 299 Score = 626 bits (1614), Expect = e-178 Identities = 299/299 (100%), Positives = 299/299 (100%)
>gb|AAN22765.1| Sequence 11 from patent US 6420157 Length = 328 Score = 560 bits (1444), Expect = e-158 Identities = 271/301 (90%), Positives = 278/301 (92%),
Gaps = 3/301 (0%)
>gb|AAN22766.1| Sequence 12 from patent US 6420157 Length = 319 Score = 559 bits (1441), Expect = e-158 Identities = 265/271 (97%), Positives = 267/271 (97%)
>sp|Q9ESDl|PSS8_MOUSE Prostasin precursor (Channel activating protease 1) Length = 342 Score = 550 bits (1418), Expect = e-155 Identities = 265/343 (77%), Positives = 289/343 (83%), Gaps = 1/343 (0%)
>ref]NP_579929.1| prostasin; channel activating protease 1 [Mus musculus] gb|AAH03851.1| prostasin [Mus musculus] gb|AAL06319.1|AF378085_l prostasin [Mus musculus] gb|AAL06320.1|AF378086_l prostasin [Mus musculus] dbj|BAB82496.1| prostasin [Mus musculus] Length = 339 Score = 546 bits (1408), Expect = e-154 Identities = 262/337 (77%), Positives = 286/337 (84%)
>gb|AAG17054.1|AF188613_l channel activating protease 1 [Mus musculus] Length = 339 Score = 545 bits (1405), Expect = e-154 Identities = 261/337 (77%), Positives = 285/337 (84%)
>gb|AAG32641.1|AF202076_l prostasin [Rattus norvegicus] Length = 342 Score =
543 bits (1398), Expect = e-153 Identities = 261/343 (76%), Positives = 286/343 (83%), Gaps = 1/343 (0%)
>ref]NP_620191.1| protease, serine, 8 (prostasin) [Rattus norvegicus] sp|Q9ES87|PSS8_RAT Prostasin precursor dbj|BAB20281.1| prostasin precursor [Rattus norvegicus] Length = 342 Score = 541 bits (1395), Expect = e-153 Identities = 261/343 (76%), Positives = 285/343 (82%), Gaps = 1/343 (0%)
>dbj|BAC37362.1] unnamed protein product [Mus musculus] Length = 340 Score = 536 bits (1381), Expect = e-151 Identities = 259/338 (76%), Positives = 284/338
(83%), Gaps = 1/338 (0%)
>dbj|BAC25310.1| unnamed protein product [Mus musculus] Length = 255 Score = 369 bits (947), Expect = e-101 Identities = 177/231 (76%), Positives = 196/231 (84%)
>gb|AAB96905.1| serine protease [Xenopus laevis] Length = 329 Score = 273 bits (699), Expect = 2e-72 Identities = 129/242 (53%), Positives = 167/242 (68%)
>ref]XP_220209.1) similar to RTKEN cDNA 2010001P08 gene [Mus musculus]
[Rattus norvegicus] Length = 334 Score = 264 bits (675), Expect = le-69 Identities = 145/320 (45%), Positives = 188/320 (58%), Gaps = 24/320 (7%)
>reflNP_780649.1| pancreasin [Mus musculus] dbj|BAC37864.1| unnamed protein product [Mus musculus] gb|AAO27572.1| pancreasin [Mus musculus] gb|AAO17162.1| channel-activating protease 2-like protein [Mus musculus] Length = 328 Score = 260 bits (664), Expect = 3e-68 Identities = 138/320 (43%), Positives = 187/320 (58%), Gaps = 5/320 (1%)
>gb|AAN99822.1| Sequence 7 from patent US 6485957 Length = 284 Score = 258 bits (659), Expect = le-67 Identities = 129/275 (46%), Positives = 170/275 (60%), Gaps = 7/275 (2%)
>ref|NP_690851.1| serine protease EOS [Homo sapiens] gb|AAN04055.1| serine protease EOS [Homo sapiens] Length = 284 Score = 258 bits (659), Expect = le-67
Identities = 129/275 (46%), Positives = 170/275 (60%), Gaps = 7/275 (2%) Example 2: Expression profiling
Total cellular RNA was isolated from cells by one of two standard methods: 1) guanidine isothiocyanate/Cesium chloride density gradient centrifugation [Kellogg, (1990)] ; or with the Tri-Reagent protocol according to the manufacturer's specifications (Molecular Research Center, Inc., Cincinatti, Ohio). Total RNA prepared by the Tri-reagent protocol was treated with DNAse I to remove genomic DNA contamination.
For relative quantitation of the mRNA distribution of PRSS8, total RNA from each cell or tissue source was first reverse transcribed. 85 μg of total RNA was reverse transcribed using 1 μmole random hexamer primers, 0.5 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany), 3000 U RnaseQut (Invitrogen, Groningen, Netherlands) in a final volume of 680 μl. The first strand synthesis buffer and Omniscript reverse transcriptase (2 u/μl) were from (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany). The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 90 minutes and cooled on ice. The volume was adjusted to 6800 μl with water, yielding a final concentration of 12.5 ng/μl of starting RNA.
For relative quantitation of the distribution of PRSS8 mRNA in cells and tissues the Perkin Elmer ABI Prism RTM. 7700 Sequence Detection system or Biorad iCycler was used according to the manufacturer's specifications and protocols. PCR reactions were set up to quantitate PRSS8 and the housekeeping genes HPRT (hypoxanthine phosphoribosyltransferase), GAPDH (glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase), β-actin, and others. Forward and reverse primers and probes for PRSS8 were designed using the Perkin Elmer ABI Primer Express™ software and were synthesized by TibMolBiol (Berlin, Germany). The PRSS 8 forward primer sequence was: Primerl (SEQ LD NO: 3). The PRSS8 reverse primer sequence was Primer2 (SEQ JJD NO: 4). Probel (SEQ ID NO: 5), labelled with FAM
(carboxyfluorescein succinimidyl ester) as the reporter dye and TAMRA (carboxytetramethylrhodamine) as the quencher, is used as a probe for PRSS8. The following reagents were prepared in a total of 25 μl : lx TaqMan buffer A, 5.5 mM MgCl2, 200 nM of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dUTP, 0.025 U/μl AmpliTaq Gold™, 0.01 U/ μl AmpErase and Probel (SEQ ID NO: 4), PRSS8 forward and reverse primers each at 200 nM, 200 nM PRSS8 FAM/TAMRA-labelled probe, and 5 μl of template cDNA. Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min.
Calculation of corrected CT values
The CT (threshold cycle) value is calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section. The CF-value (factor for threshold cycle correction) is calculated as follows :
1. PCR reactions were set up to quantitate the housekeeping genes (HKG) for each cDNA sample.
2. CTπκG-values (threshold cycle for housekeeping gene) were calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section.
3. CTHκG-mean values (CT mean value of all HKG tested on one cDNAs) of all HKG for each cDNA are calculated (n = number of HKG):
CTm G-n-mean value = (CTκκGi-value + CTπκG2-value +... + CTHKG-n-value) / n
4. CTpannei mean value (CT mean value of all HKG in all tested cDNAs) =
(CTHκGi-mean value + CTHKG2-mean value +...+ CTHKG-y-mean value) / y (y = number of cDNAs) 5. CFcDNA-n (correction factor for cDNA n) = CTpanneι-mean value - CTHKG-Π- mean value
6. CTCDNA-n (CT value ofthe tested gene for the cDNA n) + CFcDNA-n (correction factor for cDNA n) = CTCOr-cDNA-n (corrected CT value for a gene on cDNA n)
Calculation of relative expression
Definition : highest CTCOr-cDNA-n ≠ 40 is defined as CTcor-cDNA [high] Relative Expression = 2 (CTcor-cDNArhi^ - cτcor-cDNA-„
Tissues
The expression of PRSS8 was investigated in the tissues in table 1.
Expression profile
The results of the the mRNA-quantification (expression profiling) is shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Relative expression ofPRSS8 in various human tissues.
Tissue Relative
Expression fetal heart 1 heart 39 pericardium 223 heart atrium (right) 4 heart atrium (left) 159 heart ventricle (left) 202 heart ventricle (right) 20 heart apex 9
Purkinje fibers 1 interventricular septum 8 fetal aorta 3 aorta 5 aorta sclerotic 241 artery 4 coronary artery 1 coronary artery sclerotic 3 pulmonary artery 1 carotid artery 1 mesenteric artery 7 vein 8 pulmonic valve 136 coronary artery smooth muscle primary cells 145 aortic smooth muscle cells 4 pulmonary artery smooth. muscle cells 1 aortic endothel cells 80 coronary artery endothel cells 274
HUVEC cells 2 pulmonary artery endothel cells 1 iliac artery endothel cells 8 skin 52499 adrenal gland 177 thyroid 18179 thyroid tumor 2628 pancreas 112534 pancreas liver cirrhosis 23170 esophagus 867 esophagus tumor 347 stomach 45703 stomach tumor 771 colon 26432 colon tumor 1652 small intestine 58656 ileum 9810 ileum tumor 15 ileum chronic inflammation 3929 rectum - 8903 salivary gland 122295 fetal liver 202 liver 885 liver liver cirrhosis 26249 liver lupus disease 202 liver tumor 55
HEP G2 cells 119 leukocytes (peripheral blood) 109
Jurkat (T-cells) 185 bone marrow 18 erythrocytes 704 lymphnode 2 thymus 1105 thrombocytes 8 bone marrow stromal cells 1 bone marrow CD71+ cells 440 bone marrow CD33+ cells 4 bone marrow CD34+ cells 461 bone marrow CD15+ cells 815 cord blood CD71+ cells 580 cord blood CD34+ cells 91 neutrophils cord blood 95 neutrophils peripheral blood 77 spleen 13 spleen liver cirrhosis 274 skeletal muscle 237 cartilage 127 bone connective tissue 160 adipose 147 fetal brain 67 brain 2304 Alzheimer brain 241 cerebellum 1389
Alzheimer brain cerebellum 879 cerebellum (right) 13 cerebellum (left) 60 cerebral cortex 15
Alzheimer cerebral cortex 2837 frontal lobe 10
Alzheimer brain frontal lobe 19 occipital lobe 393 parietal lobe 122 temporal lobe 143 postcentral gyrus 161 vermis cerebelli 73 pons 2 substantia nigra 11 caudatum 61 cerebral meninges 1 cerebral peduncles 181 corpus callosum 42 nucleus accumbens 17 putamen 5 hippocampus 113 thalamus 35 posteroventral thalamus 198 dorsalmedial thalamus 370 hypothalamus 27 dorsal root ganglia 1 spinal cord 600 spinal cord (ventral horn) 776 spinal cord (dorsal horn) 176 neuroblastoma SK-N-MC cells 17 neuroblastoma SH-SY5Y cells 644 neuroblastoma IMR32 cells 1641 glial tumor H4 cells 204
HEK CNS + APP 142 neural progenitor cells 16 astrocytes 1 retina 212 fetal lung 18433 fetal lung fibroblast IMR-90 cells 1 fetal lung fibroblast MRC-5 cells 1 lung 12331 lung right upper lobe 1820 lung right mid lobe 1468 lung right lower lobe 2647 lung lupus disease 630 lung tumor 244 lung COPD 1468 trachea 56267 primary bronchia 18179 secondary bronchia 771 bronchial epithelial cells 9541 bronchial smooth muscle cells 91 small airway epithelial cells 1531 cervix 212 testis 1795
He a cells (cervix tumor) 16 placenta 4153 uterus 132 uterus tumor 1361 ovary 1872 ovary tumor 62 breast 391 breast tumor 18951
MDA MB 231 cells (breast tumor) 2 mammary gland 7968 prostate 60305 prostate BPH 1031 prostate tumor 34 bladder 182 ureter 849 penis 1531 corpus cavernosum 55 fetal kidney 2610 kidney 6985 kidney tumor 86 renal epithelial cells 171 HEK 293 cells 7 Example 3: Antisense Analysis
Knowledge of the correct, complete cDNA sequence coding for PRSS 8 enables its use as a tool for antisense technology in the investigation of gene function.
Oligonucleotides, cDNA or genomic fragments comprising the antisense strand of a polynucleotide coding for PRSS 8 are used either in vitro or in vivo to inhibit translation of the mRNA. Such technology is now well known in the art, and antisense molecules can be designed at various locations along the nucleotide sequences. By treatment of cells or whole test animals with such antisense sequences, the gene of interest is effectively turned off. Frequently, the function of the gene is ascertained by observing behavior at the intracellular, cellular, tissue or organismal level (e.g., lethality, loss of differentiated function, changes in morphology, etc.).
In addition to using sequences constructed to interrupt transcription of a particular open reading frame, modifications of gene expression is obtained by designing antisense sequences to intron regions, promoter/enhancer elements, or even to transacting regulatory genes.
Example 4: Expression of PRSS8
Expression of PRSS8 is accomplished by subcloning the cDNAs into appropriate expression vectors and transfecting the vectors into expression hosts such as, e.g., E. coli. In a particular case, the vector is engineered such that it contains a promoter for β-galactosidase, upstream of the cloning site, followed by sequence containing the amino-terminal Methionine and the subsequent seven residues of β-galactosidase. Immediately following these eight residues is an engineered bacteriophage promoter useful for artificial priming and transcription and for providing a number of unique endonuclease restriction sites for cloning. Induction of the isolated, transfected bacterial strain with Isopropyl-β-D-thio- galactopyranoside (IPTG) using standard methods produces a fusion protein corresponding to the first seven residues of β-galactosidase, about 15 residues of "linker", and the peptide encoded within the cDNA. Since cDNA clone inserts are generated by an essentially random process, there is probability of 33% that the included c DNA will lie in the correct reading frame for proper translation. If the cDNA is not in the proper reading frame, it is obtained by deletion or insertion ofthe appropriate number of bases using well known methods including in vitro mutagenesis, digestion with exonuclease in or mung bean nuclease, or the inclusion of an oligonucleotide linker of appropriate length.
The PRSS8 cDNA is shuttled into other vectors known to be useful for expression of proteins in specific hosts. Oligonucleotide primers containing cloning sites as well as a segment of DNA (about 25 bases) sufficient to hybridize to stretches at both ends of the target cDNA is synthesized chemically by standard methods. These primers are then used to amplify the desired gene segment by PCR. The resulting gene segment is digested with appropriate restriction enzymes under standard conditions and isolated by gel electrophoresis. Alternately, similar gene segments are produced by digestion of the cDNA with appropriate restriction enzymes. Using appropriate primers, segments of coding sequence from more than one gene are ligated together and cloned in appropriate vectors. It is possible to optimize expression by construction of such chimeric sequences.
Suitable expression hosts for such chimeric molecules include, but are not limited to, mammalian cells such as Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) and human 293 cells., insect cells such as Sf9 cells, yeast cells such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae and bacterial cells such as E. coli. For each of these cell systems, a useful expression vector also includes an origin of replication to allow propagation in bacteria, and a selectable marker such as the β-lactamase antibiotic resistance gene to allow plasmid selection in bacteria. In addition, the vector may include a second selectable marker such as the neomycin phosphotransferase gene to allow selection in transfected - Ill -
eukaryotic host cells. Nectors for use in eukaryotic expression hosts require RΝA processing elements such as 3' polyadenylation sequences if such are not part of the cDΝA of interest.
Additionally, the vector contains promoters or enhancers which increase gene expression. Such promoters are host specific and include MMTN, SN40, and metallothionine promoters for CHO cells; trp, lac, tac and T7 promoters for bacterial hosts; and alpha factor, alcohol oxidase and PGH promoters for yeast. Transcription enhancers, such as the rous sarcoma virus enhancer, are used in mammalian host cells. Once homogeneous cultures of recombinant cells are obtained through standard culture methods, large quantities of recombinantly produced PRSS 8 are recovered from the conditioned medium and analyzed using chromatographic methods known in the art. For example, PRSS8 can be cloned into the expression vector pcDΝA3, as exemplified herein. This product can be used to transform, for example, HEK293 or COS by methodology standard in the art. Specifically, for example, u sing L ipofectamine ( Gibco B RL c atolog n o. 1 8324-020) m ediated gene transfer.
Example 5: Isolation of Recombinant PRSS8
PRSS8 is expressed as a chimeric protein with one or more additional polypeptide domains added to facilitate protein purification. Such purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine- tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals [Appa Rao, 1997] and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system
(Immunex Corp., Seattle, Washington). The inclusion of a cleavable linker sequence such as Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, Groningen, The Netherlands) between the purification domain and the PRSS8 sequence is useful to facilitate expression of PRSS8.
The following example provides a method for purifying PRSS8. PRSS8 is generated using the baculovirus expression system BAC-TO-BAC (GIBCO BRL) based on Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPN) infection of Spodoptera frugiperda insect cells (Sf9 cells).
cDΝA encoding proteases cloned into either the donor plasmid pFASTBACl or pFASTBAC-HT which contain a mini-Tn7 transposition element. The recombinant plasmid is transformed into DHIOBAC competent cells which contain the parent bacmid bMOΝ14272 (AcNPV infectious DNA) and a helper plasmid. The mini-Tn7 element on the pFASTBAC donor can transpose to the attTn7 attachment site on the bacmid thus introducing the protease gene into the viral genome. Colonies containing recombinant bacmids are identified by disruption of the lac gene. The protease/bacmid construct can then be isolated and infected into insect cells (Sf9 cells) resulting in the production of infectious recombinant baculovirus particles and expression of either unfused recombinant enzyme (pFastbacl) or PRSS8-His fusion protein (pFastbacHT).
Cells are harvested and extracts prepared 24, 48 and 72 hours after transfection. Expression of PRSS8 is confirmed by coomassie staining after sodium dodecyl sulphate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and western blotting onto a PVDF membrane of an unstained SDS-PAGE. The protease-His fusion protein is detected due to the interaction between the Ni-NTA HRP conjugate and the His-tag which is fused to PRSS8.
Example 6; Production of PRSS8 Specific Antibodies
Two approaches are utilized to raise antibodies to PRSS8, and each approach is useful for generating either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies. In one approach, denatured protein from reverse phase HPLC separation is obtained in quantities up to 75 mg. This denatured protein is used to immunize mice or rabbits using standard protocols; about 100 μg are adequate for immunization of a mouse, while up to 1 mg might be used to immunize a rabbit. For identifying mouse hybridomas, the denatured protein is radioiodinated and used to screen potential murine B-cell hybridomas for those which produce antibody. This procedure requires only small quantities of protein, such that 20 mg is sufficient for labeling and screening of several thousand clones.
In the second approach, the amino acid sequence of an appropriate PRSS8 domain, as deduced from translation of the cDNA, is analyzed to determine regions of high antigenicity. Oligopeptides comprising appropriate hydrophilic regions are synthesized and used in suitable immunization protocols to raise antibodies. The optimal amino acid sequences for immunization are usually at the C-terminus, the N- terminus and those intervening, hydrophilic regions of the polypeptide which are likely to be exposed to the external environment when the protein is in its natural conformation.
Typically, selected peptides, about 15 residues in length, are synthesized using an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer Model 431 A using fmoc-chemistry and coupled to keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH; Sigma, St. Louis, MO) by reaction with M-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, MBS. If necessary, a cysteine is introduced at the N-terminus of the peptide to permit coupling to KLH.
Rabbits are immunized with the peptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. The resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide activity by binding the peptide to plastic, blocking with 1% bovine serum albumin, reacting with antisera, washing and reacting with labeled (radioactive or fluorescent), affinity purified, specific goat anti-rabbit IgG.
Hybridomas are prepared and screened using standard techniques. Hybridomas of interest are detected by screening with labeled PRSS8 to identify those fusions producing the monoclonal antibody with the desired specificity. In a typical protocol, wells of plates (FAST; Becton-Dickinson, Palo Alto, CA) are coated during incubation with affinity purified, specific rabbit anti-mouse (or suitable antispecies 1 g) antibodies at 10 mg/ml. The coated wells are blocked with 1% bovine serum albumin, (BSA), washed and incubated with supernatants from hybridomas. After washing the wells are incubated with labeled PRSS8 at 1 mg/ml. Supernatants with specific antibodies bind more labeled PRSS8 than is detectable in the background. Then clones producing specific antibodies are expanded and subjected to two cycles of cloning at limiting dilution. Cloned hybridomas are injected into pristane-treated mice to produce ascites, and monoclonal antibody is purified from mouse ascitic fluid by affinity chromatography on Protein A. Monoclonal antibodies with affinities of at least
10s M"1, preferably 109 to 1010 M"1 or stronger, are typically made by standard procedures.
Example 7: Diagnostic Test Using PRSS8 Specific Antibodies
Particular PRSS 8 antibodies are useful for investigating signal transduction and the diagnosis of infectious or hereditary conditions which are characterized by differences i n t he a mount o r d istribution o fPRSS8 or d ownstream p roducts of an active signaling cascade.
Diagnostic tests for PRSS8 include methods utilizing antibody and a label to detect PRSS8 in human body fluids, membranes, cells, tissues or extracts of such. The polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention are used with or without modification. Frequently, the polypeptides and antibodies are labeled by joining them, either covalently or noncovalently, with a substance which provides for a detectable signal. A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known and have been reported extensively in both the scientific and patent literature. Suitable labels include radionuclides, enzymes, substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, fluorescent agents, chemiluminescent agents, chromogenic agents, magnetic particles and the like. A variety of protocols for measuring soluble or membrane-bound PRSS8, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the protein, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmuno- assay (RIA) and fluorescent activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site monoclonal- based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on PRSS 8 is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed.
Example 8: Purification of Native PRSS8 Using Specific Antibodies
Native or recombinant PRSS8 is purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for PRSS 8. In general, an immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling the anti-TRH antibody to an activated chromatographic resin.
Polyclonal immunoglobulins are prepared from immune sera either by precipitation with ammonium sulfate or by purification on immobilized Protein A (Pharmacia
LKB Biotechnology, Piscataway N.J.). Likewise, monoclonal antibodies are prepared from mouse ascites fluid by ammonium sulfate precipitation or chromatography on immobilized Protein A. Partially purified immunoglobulin is covalently attached to a chromatographic resin such as CnBr-activated Sepharose (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology). The antibody is coupled to the resin, the resin is blocked, and the derivative resin is washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Such immunoaffinity columns are utilized in the purification of PRSS8 by preparing a fraction from cells containing PRSS8 in a soluble form. This preparation is derived by solubilization of whole cells or of a subcellular fraction obtained via differential centrifugation (with or without addition of detergent) or by other methods well known in the art. Alternatively, soluble PRSS 8 containing a signal sequence is secreted in useful quantity into the medium in which the cells are grown. A soluble PRSS8-containing preparation is passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of PRSS8 (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). Then, the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/protein binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2-3 or a high concentration of a chaofrope such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and
PRSS8 is collected.
Example 9; Drug Screening
This invention is particularly useful for screening therapeutic compounds by using
PRSS8 or fragments thereof in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
The following example provides a system for drug screening measuring the protease activity.
The recombinant protease-His fusion protein can be purified from the crude lysate by metal-affinity chromatography using Ni-NTA agarose. This allows the specific retention of the recombinant material (since this is fused to the His-tag) whilst the endogenous insect proteins are washed off. The recombinant material is then eluted by competition with imidazol.
The activity of PRSS8 molecules of the present invention can be measured using a variety of assays that measure PRSS8 activity. For example, PRSS8 enzyme activity can be assessed by a standard in vitro serine/metallo/... protease assay (see, for example, [U.S. 5,057,414]). Those of skill in the art are aware of a variety of substrates suitable for in vitro assays, such as SucAla-Ala-Pro-Phe-pNA, fluorescein mono-p-guanidinobenzoate hydrochloride, benzyloxycarbonyl-L-Arginyl-S-benzyl- ester, Nalpha-Benzoyl-L-arginine ethyl ester hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, protease assay kits available from commercial sources, such as Calbiochem™1 (San Diego, Calif). For general references, see Barrett (Ed.), Methods in Enzymology,
Proteolytic Enzymes: Serine and Cysteine Peptidases (Academic Press Inc. 1994), and Barrett et al., (Eds.), Handbook of Proteolytic Enzymes (Academic Press Inc. 1998).
Example 10: Rational Drug Design
The goal of rational drug design is to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptides of interest or of small molecules with which they interact, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors. Any of these examples are used to fashion drugs which are more active or stable forms ofthe polypeptide or which enhance or interfere with the function of a polypeptide in vivo.
In one approach, the three-dimensional structure of a protein of interest, or of a protein-inhibitor complex, is determined by x-ray crystallography, by computer modeling or, most typically, by a combination ofthe two approaches. Both the shape and charges of the polypeptide must be ascertained to elucidate the structure and to determine active site(s) ofthe molecule. Less often, useful information regarding the structure of a polypeptide is gained by modeling based on the structure of homologous proteins. In both cases, relevant structural information is used to design efficient inhibitors. Useful examples of rational drug design include molecules which have improved activity or stability or which act as inhibitors, agonists, or antagonists of native peptides.
It is also possible to isolate a target-specific antibody, selected by functional assay, as described above, and then to solve its crystal structure. This approach, in principle, yields a pharmacore upon which subsequent drug design is based. It is possible to bypass protein crystallography altogether by generating anti-idiotypic antibodies (anti-ids) to a functional, pharmacologically active antibody. As a mirror image of a mirror image, the binding site of the anti-ids is expected to be an analog of the original receptor. The anti-id is then used to identify and isolate peptides from banks of chemically or biologically produced peptides. The isolated peptides then act as the pharmacore. By virtue of the present invention, sufficient amount of polypeptide are made available to p erform such analytical studies as X-ray crystallography. In addition, knowledge of the PRSS 8 amino acid sequence provided herein provides guidance to those employing computer modeling techniques in place of or in addition to x-ray crystallography.
Example 11; Identification of Other Members of the Signal Transduction Complex
Labeled PRSS 8 is useful as a reagent for the purification of molecules with which it interacts. In one embodiment of affinity purification, PRSS8 is covalently coupled to a chromatography column. Cell-free extract derived from synovial cells or putative target cells is passed over the column, and molecules with appropriate affinity bind to PRSS8. PRSS8-complex is recovered from the column, and the PRSS8-binding ligand disassociated and subjected to N-terminal protein sequencing. The amino acid sequence information is then used to identify the captured molecule or to design degenerate oligonucleotide probes for cloning the relevant gene from an appropriate cDNA library.
In an alternate method, antibodies are raised against PRSS8, specifically monoclonal antibodies. The monoclonal antibodies are screened to identify those which inhibit the binding of labeled PRSS8. These monoclonal antibodies are then used therapeutically.
Example 12: Use and Administration of Antibodies, Inhibitors, or Antagonists
Antibodies, inhibitors, or antagonists of PRSS8 or other treatments and compunds that are limiters of signal transduction (LSTs), provide different effects when administered therapeutically. LSTs are formulated in a nontoxic, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous carrier medium preferably at a pH of about 5 to 8, more preferably 6 to 8, although pH may vary according to the characteristics of the antibody, inhibitor, or antagonist being formulated and the condition to be treated. Characteristics of LSTs include solubility of the molecule, its half-life and antigenicity/immunogenicity. These and other characteristics aid in defining an effective carrier. Native human proteins are preferred as LSTs, but organic or synthetic molecules resulting from drug screens are equally effective in particular situations.
LSTs are delivered by known routes of administration including but not limited to topical creams and gels; transmucosal spray and aerosol; transdermal patch and bandage; injectable, intravenous and lavage formulations; and orally administered liquids and p ills p articularly formulated t o r esist s to ach a cid a nd e nzymes . T he particular formulation, exact dosage, and route of administration is determined by the attending physician and varies according to each specific situation.
Such detenninations are made by considering multiple variables such as the condition to be treated, the LST to be administered, and the pharmacokinetic profile of a particular LST. Additional factors which are taken into account include severity ofthe disease state, patient's age, weight, gender and diet, time and frequency of LST administration, possible combination with other drugs, reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long acting LST formulations might be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on half-life and clearance rate ofthe particular LST.
Normal dosage amounts vary from 0.1 to 105 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods o f delivery is provided in the literature; see U.S. P at. Nos. 4,657,760; 5,206,344; or 5,225,212. Those skilled in the art employ different formulations for different LSTs. Administration to cells such as nerve cells necessitates delivery in a manner different from that to other cells such as vascular endothelial cells. It is contemplated that abnormal signal transduction, trauma, or diseases which trigger PRSS 8 activity are treatable with LSTs. These conditions or diseases are specifically diagnosed by the tests discussed above, and such testing should be performed in suspected cases of viral, bacterial or fungal infections, allergic responses, mechanical injury associated with trauma, hereditary diseases, lymphoma or carcinoma, or other conditions which activate the genes of lymphoid or neuronal tissues.
Example 13: Production of Non-human Transgenic Animals
Animal model systems which elucidate the physiological and behavioral roles of the PRSS 8 are produced by creating nonhuman transgenic animals in which the activity of the PRSS 8 is either increased or decreased, or the amino acid sequence of the expressed PRSS8 is altered, by a variety of techniques. Examples of these techniques include, but are not limited to: 1) Insertion of normal or mutant versions of DNA encoding a PRSS8, by microinjection, electroporation, retroviral transfection or other means well known to those skilled in the art, into appropriately fertilized embryos in order to produce a transgenic animal or 2) homologous recombination of mutant or normal, human or animal versions of these genes with the native gene locus in transgenic animals to alter the regulation of expression or the structure of these PRSS8 sequences. The technique of homologous recombination is well known in the art. It replaces the native gene with the inserted gene and hence is useful for producing an animal that cannot express native PRSS8s but does express, for example, an inserted mutant PRSS8, which has replaced the native PRSS8 in the animal's genome by recombination, resulting in underexpression of the transporter.
Microinjection adds genes to the genome, but does not remove them, and the technique is useful for producing an animal which expresses its own and added PRSS8, resulting in overexpression ofthe PRSS8.
One means available for producing a transgenic animal, with a mouse as an example, is as follows: Female mice are mated, and the resulting fertilized eggs are dissected out of their oviducts. The eggs are stored in an appropriate medium such as cesiumchloride M2 medium. DNA or cDNA encoding PRSS8 is purified from a vector by methods well known to the one skilled in the art. Inducible promoters may be fused with the coding region of the DNA to provide an experimental means to regulate expression of the transgene. Alternatively or in addition, tissue specific regulatory elements may be fused with the coding region to permit t issue-specific expression of the transgene. The DNA, in an appropriately buffered solution, is put into a microinjection needle (which may be made from capillary tubing using a piper puller) and the egg to be injected is put in a depression slide. The needle is inserted into the pronucleus ofthe egg, and the DNA solution is injected. The injected egg is then transferred into the oviduct of a pseudopregnant mouse which is a mouse stimulated by the appropriate hormones in order to maintain false pregnancy, where it proceeds to the uterus, implants, and develops to term. As noted above, microinjection is not the only method for inserting DNA into the egg but is used here only for exemplary purposes.
References
U.S. 4,522,811 U.S. 5,057,414
U.S. 5,283,317
U.S. 5,565,332
U.S. 5,723,323.
U.S. 5,747,334 U.S. 5,783,384
U.S. 5,885,814
U.S. 5,985,629
U.S. 6,232,456
U.S. 6,420,157 U.S. 6,485,957
WO 84/03564 WO 02/21133
WO 02/71928 Altschul SF, Madden TL, Schaffer AA, Zhang J, Zhang Z, Miller W, Lipman DJ;
Nucleic Acids Res 1997 Sep 1; 25(17): 3389-402
Appa Rao et al., 1997, Protein Expr Purif Nov, 11(2): 201-8
Avalle et al., Ann. N Y Acad.Sci. 864:118 (1998)).
Barnes, 2000, Chest, 117:10S14S Barrett et al., (Eds.), Handbook of Proteolytic Enzymes (Academic Press Inc. 1998).
Barrett (Ed.), Methods in Enzymology, Proteolytic Enzymes: Serine and Cysteine
Peptidases (Academic Press Inc. 1994)
Botstein et al., 1980, Am J Hum Genet. 32: 314-31
Colbere-Garapin et al, 1981, J. Mol. Biol. 150, 1-14 Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol. Biol. 234:554 (1993).
Donaldson et al., J. Biol. Chem. 277: 8338-8345, 2002
Engelhard et al, 1994, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91, 3224-3227
Friboulet et al., Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 47:229 (1994)
Gergen and Weiss , 1992, Am Rev Respir Dis 146:823-824 Gibson et al., 1996, Genome Research 6: 995-1001
Haseloff et al, 1988 , Nature 334, 585-591
Heid et al, 1996, Genome Research 6: 986-994
Holland et al., 1991, PNAS 88: 7276-7280
Jeffreys et al., 1985, Nature 316: 76-9 Johnson et al, 1989, Endoc. Rev. 10, 317-331
Joron et al, Ann. N Y Acad. Sci. 672:216 (1992)
Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 145:229 (1991)
Kellogg et al, 1990, Anal. Biochem. 189:202-208
Lam , 1997, Anticancer Drug Res. 12(3):145-67 Livak et al., 1995 , PCR Methods and Applications 357-362
Logan, Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81, 3655-3659 Lowy et al, 1980, Cell 22, 817-23
Maddox et al, 1983, J. Exp. Med. 158, 1211-1216
Monfardini et al, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 108:420 (1996)
McConnell et al, 1992 , Science 257, 1906-1912 Nicholls et al, 1993, J. Immunol. Meth. 165, 81-91
Piatak et al, 1993, BioTechniques 14:70-81
Piatak et al, 1993, Science 259:1749-1754
Porath et al, 1992, Prot. Exp. Purifi 3, 263-281
Roberge et al, 1995, Science 269, 202-204 Scott and Smith (1990) Science 249:386-390
Sjolander, Urbaniczky, 1991 , Anal. Chem. 63, 2338-2345
Szabo et al, 1995, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol 5, 699-705
Thomas, 1980, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 77:5201-5205
Uhlmann et al, 1987, Tetrahedron. Lett. 215, 3539-3542 Weber et al., 1990, Genomics 7: 524-30
Wigler et al, 1977, Cell 11, 223-32
Wigler et al, 1980, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77, 3567-70
Yu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269: 18843-18848, 1994
Yu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270: 13483-13489, 1995

Claims

Claims
1. A method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of
i) contacting a test compound with a PRSS 8 polypeptide,
ii) detect binding of said test compound to said PRSS8 polypeptide.
2. A method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of
i) determining the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide at a certain concentration of a test compound or in the absence of said test compound,
ii) determining the activity of said polypeptide at a different concentration of said test compound.
3. A method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of
i) determining the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide at a certain concentration of a test compound,
ii) determining the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide at the presence of a compound known to be a regulator of a PRSS8 polypeptide.
4. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the step of contacting is in or at the surface of a cell.
5. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the cell is in vitro.
6. The method of any of claims 1 to 3 , wherein the step of contacting is in a cell- free system.
7. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polypeptide is coupled to a detectable label.
8. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound is coupled to a detectable label.
9. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the test compound displaces a ligand which is first bound to the polypeptide.
10. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polypeptide is attached to a solid support.
11. The method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound is attached to a solid support.
12. A method of screening for therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of
i) contacting a test compound with a PRSS 8 polynucleotide,
ii) detect binding of said test compound to said PRSS8 polynucleotide.
13. The method of claim 12 wherein the nucleic acid molecule is RNA.
14. The method of claim 12 wherein the contacting step is in or at the surface of a cell.
15. The method of claim 12 wherein the contacting step is in a cell-free system.
16. The method of claim 12 wherein polynucleotide is coupled to a detectable label.
17. The method of claim 12 wherein the test compound is coupled to a detectable label.
18. A method of diagnosing a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of i) determining the amount of a PRSS8 polynucleotide in a sample taken from said mammal,
ii) determining the amount of PRSS8 polynucleotide in healthy and/or diseased mammals.
19. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which binds to a PRSS8 polypeptide.
20. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS 8 polypeptide.
21. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a therapeutic agent which regulates the activity of a PRSS8 polypeptide, wherein said therapeutic agent is
i) a small molecule, ii) an RNA molecule, iii) an antisense oligonucleotide, iv) a polypeptide, v) an antibody, or vi) a ribozyme.
22. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS8 polynucleotide.
23. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising a PRSS8 polypeptide.
24. Use of regulators of a PRSS 8 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal.
25. Method for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition useful for the treatment of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal comprising the steps of i) identifying a regulator of PRSS8,
ii) determining whether said regulator ameliorates the symptoms of a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders in a mammal; and
iii) combining of said regulator with an acceptable pharmaceutical carrier.
26. Use of a regulator of PRSS8 for the regulation of PRSS8 activity in a mammal having a disease comprised in a group of diseases consisting of cardiovascular diseases, dermatological disorders, endocrine system and hormone disorders, cancer disorders, metabolic diseases, inflammatory diseases, gastrointestinal and liver diseases, respiratory diseases and urological disorders.
PCT/EP2004/005256 2003-05-28 2004-05-15 Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with serine protease 8 (prss8) WO2004106536A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP03011963.0 2003-05-28
EP03011963 2003-05-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004106536A2 true WO2004106536A2 (en) 2004-12-09
WO2004106536A3 WO2004106536A3 (en) 2005-03-03

Family

ID=33483895

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2004/005256 WO2004106536A2 (en) 2003-05-28 2004-05-15 Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with serine protease 8 (prss8)

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2004106536A2 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010105739A1 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-23 Bayer Cropscience Ag Aromatic 2-bromo-2,2-dichloroethyl compounds and methods for the production thereof
US8444975B2 (en) 2004-12-13 2013-05-21 Alethia Biotherapeutics Inc. Method for inhibiting bone resorption

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001098467A2 (en) * 2000-06-23 2001-12-27 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Regulation of human prostasin-like serine protease
WO2002021133A2 (en) * 2000-09-07 2002-03-14 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods of detecting cancer based on prostasin

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1315553A (en) * 2000-03-24 2001-10-03 上海博德基因开发有限公司 Polypeptide-human serine proteinase 8 and polynucleotide for coding it

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001098467A2 (en) * 2000-06-23 2001-12-27 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Regulation of human prostasin-like serine protease
WO2002021133A2 (en) * 2000-09-07 2002-03-14 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods of detecting cancer based on prostasin

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE WPI Section Ch, Week 200206 Derwent Publications Ltd., London, GB; Class B04, AN 2002-049036 XP002301881 & WO 01/71003 A1 (SHANGHAI BIOWINDOW GENE DEV INC) 27 September 2001 (2001-09-27) *
NARIKIYO TAKEFUMI ET AL: "Regulation of prostasin by aldosterone in the kidney" JOURNAL OF CLINICAL INVESTIGATION, vol. 109, no. 3, February 2002 (2002-02), pages 401-408, XP002301880 ISSN: 0021-9738 *
WANG CINDY ET AL: "Adenovirus-mediated human prostasin gene delivery is linked to increased aldosterone production and hypertension in rats." AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHYSIOLOGY, vol. 284, no. 4 Part 2, April 2003 (2003-04), pages R1031-R1036, XP002301879 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8444975B2 (en) 2004-12-13 2013-05-21 Alethia Biotherapeutics Inc. Method for inhibiting bone resorption
WO2010105739A1 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-23 Bayer Cropscience Ag Aromatic 2-bromo-2,2-dichloroethyl compounds and methods for the production thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2004106536A3 (en) 2005-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2004104216A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with dipeptidylpeptidase iv (dpp4)
US20090010919A1 (en) Diagnostics and Therapeutics for Diseases Associated With Fibroblast Activation Protein (Fap)
WO2005075667A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with kallikrein 7 (klk7)
WO2005114207A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with aminopeptidase n (anpep)
US20070191296A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with kallikrein 13 (klk13)
US20070196372A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with kallikrein 8 (klk8)
US20070258973A1 (en) Diagnostics and Therapeutics for Diseases Associated with Tripeptidyl-Peptidase 2(Tpp2)
WO2006013013A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with protective protein for beta-galactosidase (ppgb)
WO2004097034A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with human transmembrane serine protease 4 (tmprss4)
WO2006010492A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with tryptase 1 (tps1)
WO2005106487A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with dipeptidyl-peptidase 9 (dpp9)
WO2004106536A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with serine protease 8 (prss8)
US20070254287A1 (en) Diagnostics and Therapeutics for Diseases Associated with Dipeptidyl-Peptidase 10 (Dpp10)
WO2004104595A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with x-pro dipeptidase (pepd)
US20070099255A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with n-acetylated alpha-linked acidic dipeptidase 2(naaladase 2)
US20070042423A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with arginyl aminopeptidase rnpep-like (rnpep-like)
WO2005106021A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with dipeptidyl-peptidase 8 (dpp8)
US20070258974A1 (en) Diagnostics and Therapeutics for Diseases Associated with Puromycin Sensitive Aminopeptidase Npepps (Npepps)
US20070166715A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with aminopeptidase-like 1 (npepl1)
US20070081997A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with kallikrein 9 (klk9)
WO2004104575A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with x-prolyl aminopeptidase 2 (xpnpep2)
WO2005021741A2 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with kallikrein 11 (klk11)
WO2005076008A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with phosphate regulating endopeptidase homolog (phex)
WO2004101814A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with x-pro dipeptidase like peptidase (pepdlike)
WO2004104218A1 (en) Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with x-prolyl aminopeptidase (aminopeptidase p) 1 (xpnpep1)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase